environment management plan of gnida master plan … · in the plan intending to develop greater...

www.dasindia.org Page 0

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF GNIDA MASTER PLAN 2021

Submitted to:

Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority (GNIDA)

Prepared By ENV DAS India Pvt. Ltd., Lucknow

QCI Accreditated Serial No. 45

March 2016

en la0&104@18] dk layXud&d


e, Madhya Pradesh,

Environmental Management Plan for Greater Noida 2021

1. Introduction

Rapid urbanization is an intrinsic part of the development process. One of the major challenges before the nation is to provide for planned neat urban settlements with adequate greenery and open spaces rather than unplanned haphazard and polluted slum like urban settlements. The quality of the urban centre determines the quality of life of the inhabitants. Planning of a new urban centre therefore is of utmost importance for defining the quality of life. 1.1 Project Description

Greater Noida has been developed as Metro centre providing for quality urban environment, to attract economic activities and population to decongest Delhi.

Fig 1.1:Population Congestion Around Greater Noida

Origin of Greater Noida

In the early 1980s the government of India realized that the rapid rate at which Delhi was expanding would result in chaos, so they planned to develop residential and industrial areas around the capital to reduce the demographic burden. Before Greater Noida, there were two areas that had


been developed—Gurgaon, across the border from Haryana, and Noida, across the border with Uttar Pradesh.

Noida's infrastructure was carefully laid out, but the 1990s saw huge growth in the Indian economy. Migration to cities like Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, and Bangalore exceeded planning estimates. Noida was developed to accommodate population growth for 20–25 years. The massive population influx to Delhi, however, caused it to overload in a mere 15 years.

The government of Uttar Pradesh decided to develop another city as an extension to Noida with better planning. The idea was to create a world-class city. It was planned to be approximately 25 km from Noida. A railway station near Boraki and an international airport were included later in the plan intending to develop Greater Noida as an independent city; the airport was scrapped in early 2012.

Greater Noida is a planned township. Roads are wide with service lanes for every major road. The sectors are named by letters of the Greek alphabet. All cabling and utilities are run underground. Alpha, Beta, and Gamma are the oldest sectors. The other sectors are named as MU, OMICRON etc.The present GNIDA office is in Gamma II sector just opposite the historical village Rampur Jagir/Jahangir where the great revolutionary Pandit Ram Prasad Bismil lived in 1919 when he was hidden underground after the Mainpuri conspiracy.

GNIDA is a progressive new concept of a planned city.The basic need is to address urban sustainability, where resource optimization is the key.The Environment Management Plan for the master plan would help in setting up the guiding principles and benchmark for the city’s development & operation.

The overall perspective of the Greater Noida is an integrated township with light/medium to heavy industries with adequate provision of residential facilities for the work force in industries, commercial organizations, health & educational facilities, police, fire, P&T and other facilities along with necessary civic amenities such as water supply, drainage, sewerage, arterial roads, electricity, telecommunication, & greenery etc. at par with international standards. Greater Noida 2021 is a vision to make the city a better, greener and safer place along with sustainable economic development.

The notified area of Greater Noida comprising of 124 villages and about 38,000 Ha of area is broadly bounded by NH-24 in the north-west, river Hindon in the western side and GT road/Northern Railway main line to Calcutta on the eastern side. It is abutting the areas of Noida on its western side and Ghaziabad on the northern side.

Greater Noida currently houses 5 UPSIDC industrial estates and 4 industrial estate of Greater Noida. Greater Noida has successfully attracted large scale investments from reputed companies. In near future an international airport and one gas based power plant will also be planned in this area.


Preparation of Greater Noida Master Plan 2021

The Genesis & Evolution:

• In year 1998 preparation of Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was started by the GNIDA Authority.

• After hearing of, public objection/suggestions invited by means of publication of notice in leading newspapers, the Master Plan-2021 was finalised in year 2001 and approved in 41th Board Meeting.

• The Greater Noida Master Plan-2021 was sent to State Government on 18.12.2001 for approval and thereafter sent to NCRPB for comments/ suggestions.

• On 4th, September, 2006, Greater Noida Authority was invited to present its Master Plan 2021 before the Planning Committee, NCRPB.

• Few Observations were raised by Planning Committee on Master Plan 2021.

• On 28th, June 2012 the Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was approved by the Planning Committee of the NCR Planning Board with 5 conditions.

• The NCR Planning Board in its meeting on 24th August 2012 approved the Greater Noida Master Plan -2021 with conditions as recommended by the Planning Committee.

• The Conditions were complied by Greater Noida Authority andfinally the Master Plan-2021 of Greater Noida was notified inMarch2013.

1.2 Objectives

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment. The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation & function. The EMP envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities during pre-construction, construction and operation stage.

An EMP is project specific plan developed to ensure that appropriate environmental management practices are followed during a project’s construction and/or operation.

An effective EMP should ensure:

• Application of best practice environmental management to a project • Implementation of a project’s EIA including its conditions of approval or consent • Compliance with environmental legislation, and • Environmental risks associated with a project are properly managed.


Purpose of Environmental Management Plan

• To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste to meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.

• To support and implement development work to achieve environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

• To promote green-belt development. • To encourage good working conditions for the residents & employees. • To reduce fire and accident hazards. • Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system. • To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.

1.3 Scope and Limitation

The scope of the study is:-

Ø Identification, prediction and evaluation of potential environmental impacts expected

during the developmental and operational phases of the Master Plan 2021.

Ø Preparation of mitigation measures, Environmental Management Plan (EMP) of

suggested mitigation measures.

The limitation of the study is:-

Ø The assessment of impacts, the prediction of environmental impacts and the proposed

mitigation measures are based on the preliminary scheme design. The scheme design and

environment mitigation measures will be refined and developed simultaneously during detailed

design stage before construction. This may result in changes in scheme design as being accounted

for in this EMP.

Ø Representation of spatial or temporal considerations may not be properly done

Ø Addressing of synergistic impacts may not be adequately done.

Ø Population projections at best describe the likely trend, however, the actual population

may be lesser, or worse, even more.

Ø Designing of basic infrastructure is based on the population projections. These may fail

if there is even a slight change in population.


1.4 Project Team, Company Profile & Panel of Experts

Table 1.1: Project Team

EIA Coordinator Name: Contact Information

Mr. B. M. Agrawal 9415017320

Empanelled/In-house Functional Area Expert LU (Land use) Mr. B. M. Agrawal (Approved IH)

AQ (Air Quality) Dr. M.K. Mishra(Approved Empanelled) AP (Air Pollution) Dr. M.K. Mishra(Approved Empanelled) WP (Water Pollution) Ms. Anupama Singh (Approved IH) EB (Ecology and Biodiversity) Mr. Mohammad Ahsan (Retd. PCCF, UP Forest

Dept.) Dr. Bajrang Singh (Approved Empanelled) Ms. SumaiyaWaheed(Approved IH)

SE (Socio Economy) Mr. Akhil Prasad(Approved IH) GS (Geology and Soil) Mr. Gautum Gosh (Approved Empanelled) HG (Hydrology and Ground water) Mr. B. M. Agrawal (Approved IH) RH (Risk and Hazards) Mr. Akash Kumar (Proposed IH-FAE) SHW (Municipal waste) Mr. Y. N. Chaturvedi (IH)

Ms. Pritika Gupta (Approved IH-FAE for MSW) Dr. Ritu Pandey (Proposed IH-FAE)

Name of Project Associates Mr. Akash Kumar Ms. SumaiyaWaheed Ms. Tushali Jagwani Ms. Shweta Gupta

Technical Assistance: Mr. Izhar Hussian, Mr. Saksham Mathur

Company Profile

DAS INDIA has a strong, committed pool of Human Resource with varied experiences and expertise in Social development, management, finance, systems development and Information technology, agriculture and forestry. It includes people from leading educational institutions of national and international repute with demonstrated field and grassroots experiences.

This multidisciplinary pool of Human resource has enabled us to provide a wide-spectrum of appropriate, well-targeted and diligently implemented multidisciplinary consulting support, taking into cognizance the specific requirements of our clients. In 1998, DAS INDIA diversified, setting –


up an infrastructure division, primarily composed of specialists in water-resources, structural & environmental engineering. This was a strategic expansion to cater to an increasing demand for technical and ground level inputs on major ‘people- centered’ infrastructure initiatives at the grassroots.

Sectors Approved- § Highways § Building and Large construction § Township and Area Development § Irrigation projects § Cement plants § Distilleries § Pulp & paper industry excluding manufacturing of paper from wastepaper and manufacture of

paper from ready pulp without bleaching § Mining of minerals

Table 1.2: Panel of Experts

S.No Name Qualification 1. Mr. B.M.Agarwal Retd. Engineer in Chief, U.P Irrigation

M.Tech Structural Engineering B.Tech Civil Engineering(Roorkee University)

2. Mr. Mohammad Ahsan

Retd. PCCF, UP Forest Dept.

3. Mr. T.N.Chaturvedi B. Tech Mechanical (Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur) 4. Mr. Y.N.Chaturvedi M.Tech Municipal & Sanitary Engg.

B.Tech Civil Engineering, (IIT Kharagpur) 5. Mr. N.C.Pandey M.E. (Hons) Environmental Engineering

(Moti Lal Nehru Regional Engineering College) 6. Mr. Akhil Prasad Master of Arts

Social and Cultural Anthropology (University of Lucknow) 7. Dr. S.P. Jain Ph.D. Sociology

(Punjab University, Chandigarh) 8. Dr. S.P.Shukla Ph.D. (Civil) Environmental Engineering Indian Institute of

Technology, Kanpur) 9. Dr. Bajrang Singh PhD, Botany (Specialization in Plant Ecology) BHU, Varanasi 10. Mr. Gautam Ghosh M.Sc. (Geology),University of Calcutta 11. Ms. Anupama Singh MSc in Environmental Sciences (Bundelkhand University,

Jhansi) 12. Mr. Akash Kumar M.Tech Environmental Engineering

13. Ms. Sumaiya Waheed M.Sc Environment Management


(Forest Research Institute, Dehradun) 14. Mr. Atulesh M.Tech Environmental Engineering

(Institute of Engineering and Technology Lucknow) 15. Dr. S. Ghavri PhD Environmental science, Babasaheb Bhimrao Ambedkar

University 16. Dr. Ritu Pandey PhD Environmental science, University of Lucknow 1.5 Processes of Preparation of EMP ThisEMP is a work of compilation of data gathered from both primary and secondary sources, as discussed below. The EMP for the project began with an adoption of an environmental and social screening procedure during the feasibility stage. The purpose of the screening was to identify at the outset, key environmental and social issues such as sensitive receptors, change of land use, eco systems, impacts on community facilities, impacts on flora and fauna etc. The important findings of the assessment gave important feedback to the design team, especially in terms of the sensitive receptor utility /facilities to be impacted. It helped to modify the designs at locations where impacts had to be avoided and incorporate mitigation measures wherever the impacts are unavoidable due to other constraints. Unique features of the this report is the consultation with the stakeholders, through 1 day long workshop, which took place on 9th September’2013. The various stakeholder groups were: a. Residential b. Industrial c. Institutional/ Commercial d. Resident Welfare Association (RWA) e. Eminent environmentalists, town planners f. GNIDA

The consultations received, along with their expectations from the EMP are incorporated in the report.

1.6 Environmental Clearance obtained and its Conditions: Environment clearance for Greater Noida Master Plan 2021 was obtained on 12th October 2013, from Directorate of Environment, vide letter no. Ref No. 2036/ Praya/ SEAC/ 2073/2012/AD(Sub).

2. EIA Notification & Amendments

n The Govt. of India enacted Environment (Protection) Act, in 1986 & initially EIA was introduced as an administrative measure in 1994 under the provisions of the Act. The EIA Notification was issued on 27th January 1994 covering about 30 projects/ activities requiring prior


environmental clearance. From time to time amendments have been made in the EIA Notification 1994.

n Extending the provisions of the Act to cover additional activities, the Notification was further amended on 7th July 2004 to include “Large construction projects including New Townships” and “New industrial estates”.

n The EIA Notification 1994 was superseded on 14th September 2006, wherein Environmental Clearance was redefined and modified to formulate a transparent, decentralized and efficient regulatory mechanism to incorporate necessary environmental safeguards at planning stage and identify developmental projects based on impact potential instead of the investment criteria.

n As per notification S.O. 1533 E dated 14 Sept, 2006 issued by the MoEF, Govt. of India which is as follows (for Building and Construction projects & Townships and Area Development projects):

Table 2.1: Project Activity Schedule as per EIA Notification 2006

Project or Activity Category with Threshold Limit

Conditions if any

A B

8 Building / Construction projects / Area Development projects and Townships

8(a) Building and Construction Projects

≥ 20,000 sqm. and < 1,50,000 sqm. Of built up area #

The built up area is defined as “the built up or covered area on all the floors put together including basement (s) and other service areas, which are proposed in the building / construction projects”.

8(b) Townships and Area Development Projects

Covering an area > 50 ha. and or built up area > 1,50,000 sqm. ++

++ All projects under Item 8(b) shall be appraised as Category B1.

n As per Amendment dated June 19th 2013 and 22nd August 2013, In the EIA notification 2006, - (a) In paragraph 7, in sub-paragraph II, for item (i), the following item shall be substituted, namely:-

‘(i) “Scoping”refers to the process by which the Expert AppraisalCommittee in the case of Category Á ’projects activities, and State levelExpert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘B1’projects or activities,including applications for expansion or modernization or change in


productmix of existing projects or activities, determine detailed and comprehensiveTerms of Reference (TOR) addressing all relevant environmental concerns forthe preparation of an Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respectof the project or activity for which prior environmental clearance is sought andthe Expert Appraisal Committee or State level Expert Appraisal Committeeconcerned shall determine the terms of reference on the basis of theinformation furnished in the prescribed application Form 1 or Form 1Aincluding terms of reference proposed by the applicant, a site visit by a subgroupof Expert Appraisal Committee or State level Expert AppraisalCommittee concerned only if considered necessary by the Expert AppraisalCommittee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee concerned, terms ofReference suggested by the applicant if furnished and other information thatmay be available with the Expert Appraisal Committee or State Level ExpertAppraisal Committee concerned:

Provided that the following shall not require Scoping-

(i) All projects and activities listed as Category ‘B’ in item 8 of the Schedule (Construction or Township or Commercial Complexes or Housing);

(ii) all Highway expansion projects covered under entry (ii) of column (3) and column (4) under sub-item (f) of item 7 of the Schedule:

Provided further that-

A. the projects and activities referred to in clause (i) shall be apprised on the basis of Form I or Form IA and the conceptual plan;

B. The projects referred to in clause (ii) shall prepare EIA and EMP report on the basis of model TOR

specified by Ministry of Environment and Forests;


3. Greater Noida and its Regional Setting 3.1 Connectivity Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority (GNIDA)is situated in close proximity to Delhi at a distance of about 25 kms from the border of Delhi (at Okhla Barrage), 15 kms from the UP Delhi border. Greater Noida is an outcome of the intensive pressure of the National Capital of Delhi on its periphery. Greater Noida was identified as one of the potential areas which could mitigate the immigration of industry & people to Delhi.

3.1.1 Regional connectivity The regional level linkages are vital for development of a new town. The linkages (road, rail and air both for commutes and freight) should beprovided for quick uninterrupted access to the city. The concept therefore envisages adequate regional level linkages to the area.

(i) From Delhi and Noida – access via DND flyway to the Noida-Greater Noida Expressway

which is now extended upto Agra. (ii) Another link is proposed from NOIDA via Okhla barrage through the Master Plan road no. 3,

extending it across the river Hindon andproviding access to the area in between NH24 and the Entry Road.

(iii) A link will also be available from the Eastern peripheralExpressway of the NCR plan-2021 at NH 24 interchange point.

(iv) From NH 24 a 60.0 m wide link is planned to the area on north ofEntry road. (v) Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be available via NH24 byepass in the northern

side and from G.T. Road in the easternside of the area (vi) Plans are also on the anvil to provide commuter rail links fromTughlakabad in Delhi via Noida

upto Boraki/Dadri in GreaterNodia. (vii) For movement of goods traffic, the ICD has been located near Dadriand functional, will be

provided with rail linkage from Tughlakabad. (viii) Link with Delhi Metro for Noida to Greater Noida by a Rapid Railtransit system as per

provision in the NCR Plan-2021

3.1.2 Internal Road Network Ø Hierarchy of road network— Ø 130 m. wide main arterial road (Central Spine from North-West to South-East). Ø 105 m. wide the Meridian road. Ø 80 m. wide Promenade (S.K. Road) Ø 75 m. wide Noida-Greater Noida Expressway


Ø 60 m. wide sector peripheral roads Ø 45 m. wide DSC Road (existing) and road along railway line. Ø All internal roads of the sector are minimum 12m wide. Ø The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrian facilities, space for services etc. has been proposed. Ø To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are planned near Roopwas, Boraki, Gori

Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I. 3.2 Impacts of Surrounding on Development and Vice Versa Considering the surrounding urban agglomeration, the role of theGreater Noida city has been envisaged as lung space for the region. The city is being planned and developed with a marked difference in greenery and openness to provide relief from the urban sprawl. In thecore area of the region (the area in between Entry road and NH 24) regional level institutional uses requiring large chunks of land for campustype of development are proposed. The availability of adequate land atcomparatively cheaper prices will make this area conducive for locatingsuch activities by providing adequate transportation linkages from Delhiand surrounding areas.

The concept of sustainable growth coupled with state of the artinfrastructure facilities ensuring better quality of life than in Delhi andsurrounding areas will be the key to development of the city of Greater Noida. This approach will help the objectives of NCR plan of dispersingactivities from Delhi to ‘Rest of NCR’ zone and attract the residents of Delhi and surrounding cities living in congested urban areas to move out toa more eco-friendly and pollution free environment outside Delhi withineasy access thereby inducing out migration from Delhi. The regional levelactivities in Greater Noida city will also help the hinterland and help inreducing the migration to the capital city. The city will, thus, grow in a sustainable progressive manner, thereby attracting various stakeholders.


4. Greater Noida Master Plan- 2001, 2011 & 2021

4.1 Population Projections Population projection for the urban area in the new town like Greater Noida cannot be simply done based on any conventional projectionmethods based on past trends of growth because in a new township almostthe entire population, which is going to settle, is going to migrate from surrounding areas. 4.1.1 Methods 1 (Average growth rate of neighbouring DMA towns method) A study of surrounding NCR towns having similar industrial andadministrative characteristics namely Noida, Faridabad and Gurgaon is done before projecting the population. By studying the Growth patterns, itis observed that the decadal growth rate for take off phase for these townsis in the range of 150 to 300 percent. Since Greater Noida is at acomparatively farther distance from Delhi, a lower decadal growth rate of150 percent could be adopted for the projection of population. As proposed in Outline Development plan, 2001, the population for GreaterNoida for the year 2001 is 3 lakh (to be achieved by 2003). Assuming this population as the base, Population for Greater Noida for 2011=6.6 lacs forthe first phase. After the take off phase, the growth rate is expected to slow down andstablise. Therefore, average growth rate of Faridabad and Noida, which are similar towns around is studied for the year 1981-91 and 2001-11respectively, which suggests a decadal growth rate of about 93 percent inthe second phase. On this basis, the population for the year 2021 works outto be 12.70 lacs.

Considering the worst case scenario, the projected population of Greater Noida upto year 2021 shall be taken as 12.7 Lacs.

Table 4.1: Growth Trends

Year Growth Percent (in %) Population (In Lacs) 2001 Base case 3

2001-2011 120 6.6 2011-2021 93 12.7

As per GNIDA & NCR Growth Projections


Fig 4.1: Population Growth Trends

4.2 Land Use Breakup Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority is now at a stage to attainthe completion of its first phase of development as proposed for the year 2001 and approved by the NCRPB. The development under the various land uses proposed upto 2001 is 90% complete and by the end of 2011 the development has been completed for the remaining landuses except for theRecreational Use Zone area which includes regional level recreational activities and therefore the development of this area will extend to thesecond phase.


a. Landuse Breakup of 2001 The integrated development area of Surajpur and Kasna sub regional centres has been divided broadly into 6 uses namely Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial, Recreational and Transportation related uses. The landuse as per Outline Development Plan 2001 is as follows (combined for Surajpur and Kasna Sub Regional Centre) –

Table-4.2: Proposed Breakup of Land Use 2001

Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage 1. Residential 1310.00 25.81 2. Commercial 99.74 1.96 3. Institutional 570.63 11.24 4. Industrial 1595.96 31.46 5. Recreational 1361.90 26.83 6. Transportation 137.32 2.70

Total 5075.55 100

b. SCENARIO (Upto March 2006 with reference to draft Master Plan-2021) Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority has developed phase-I and a part of second phase of development as proposed for the year 2011. Landuse Breakup (Existing) The Master Plan development area of Greater Noida has been divided broadly into 7 uses namely Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial, Green areas, SEZ and Transportation related uses.

Table-4.3: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (Existing)

Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage 1. Residential 3000.00 22.10 2. Commercial 720.00 5.30 3. Institutional 1970.00 14.52 4. Industrial 2600.00 19.16 5. Green Area 3000.00 22.10 6. SEZ 1000.00 7.37 7. Transportation &

related use 1280.00 9.43

Total 13570.00 100


c. Landuse Breakup (Proposed) 2021

Table-4.4: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (2021)

S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) Percentage 1 Residential 5000.00 22.46 2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88 3 Commercial 1200.00 5.39 4 Institutional 3473.99 15.61 5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09 6 Institutional Green 1420.20 6.38 7 Transportation 3339.78 15.01 8 SEZ 40.00 0.18

Total 22,255.0 100 4.3 Infrastructure Development and its yearly Growth Pattern The infrastructural development includes development of various structures along with basic amenities like roads, power, water, sewerage amenities. a. Scenario 2001 i)Social Infrastructure Social Infrastructure was planned in a hierarchal manner both at sector level and at city level. (1) Education – Nursery and higher secondary schools were planned within the sector. Higher education facilities/like technical vocational colleges, universities were planned at the city level. (2) Health – Dispensaries and Nursing Homes were provided at sector level. At the city level general hospitals and specialized hospitals had been planned. (3) Security – Provision had been made for police posts for a group of sector and police stations at the city level. One police station in Surajpur and one in Sector Beta were functional.

(4) Fire Services – Adequate provision had been made in the plan for Fire Station at City level and sub fire station at sector level especially in Industrial Sectors. The fire station at Noida Phase II was catering to the requirement of Greater Noida also.

(5) Communications – Post offices were been planned for group of sectors and a head post office at city level. Efforts were being made to establish a post officein the urban area.


(6) Other Community Facilities – Amongst other community facilities are provisions of Milk Booths and Vegetable, Community Centres,Library, Religious Buildings which were provided as per population norms at sector and city level and are being developed asper the demand build up. ii)Physical Infrastructure The Master Plans for water supply, drainage and sewerage were prepared by the U.P. Jal Nigam for providing the trunk and sector level services. (i-1) Water Supply Initially, the source of water supply was ground water. The area was divided into water supply zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines were developed as per the Master Plan. Industrial area did not have water supply system except for Toy City and Mahila Parks where small industrial plots were provided. (i-2) Sewerage The trunk sewer required for the development upto 2001was completed. The sewer lines were laid at the time of development of various sectors. The sewerage treatment plant was proposed at the southern end near Kasna. (i-3) Drainage. The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The drainage system has been designed accordingly. Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas. The Drains were constructed alongwith the development of sectors. (i-4) Power Privatised power supply was provided by Noida Power Company Ltd. Bybulk purchase from U.P. State Electricity Board and the distribution iscarried out by NPCL. The electrical network consists of 220 KV substation, 132 KV substation, 33 KV substation, 11 KV substation and HTLT distribution lines. The electrical cables from 33 KV substation are laid underground. (i-5) Convergence Network The plan for the convergence network and the laying of the optical fibre was carried out by RPG Netcom Ltd. This network was laid underground. (i-6) Telecommunications –


Three telephone exchanges were already functional in the areas which were equipped with state-of-the-art equipment and facilities. Underground telephone lines were laid as per the demand in the various sectors. Effortswere made by the Authority to lay the telephone lines along with the laying of other services at the time of development of the sectors. (i-7) Solid Waste Management A state of the art system for collection of solid waste from all residential, commercial, institutional and industrial units was put into place through private participation. Efforts were on for scientific disposal of the waste through private developers. The objective was to provide a neat and clean healthy environment to the inhabitants of the city. (i-8) Expenditure and Investment — The Authority was set up in January 1991 and the work started with acquisition of land. The bulk of land was transferred from U.P. State Industrial Development Corporation which was already operational in the area. Thereafter the land acquisition and disposal progressed in a phased manner. b. Existing Scenario (upto 2006 and onwards)

(i)Social Infrastructure Social Infrastructure has been planned in an hierarchical manner both at sector level and at city level. (1) Education – Nursery and higher secondary schools (about 80 nos) are planned within the developed sectors. Higher education facilities like technical vocational colleges, universities have also been allotted land in the city. Various schools, technical & vocational institutes are already functional. (2) Health – Dispensaries and Nursing Homes have been provided at sector level. At the city level general hospitals and specialized hospitals have been provided. Two 250 bedded hospital have started functioning in the area. Nursing home sites (about 26 nos) are planned in developed sectors and few of them are functional. (3) Security – Provision has been made for police posts for a group of sector and police stations at the city level. One police station in Surajpur and one in Sector Beta are already functional. The district Police Line in 82 acres of land is functional. (4) Fire Services – Adequate provision has been made in the plan for Fire Station at City level and sub fire station at sector level speciallyin Industrial Sectors. At present, one fire station at Ecotech-II is functional.


(5) Communications – Post offices have been planned for group of sectors and a head post office at city level. At present one post office is functional. Efforts are being made to establish the head post office and other post offices at sector level. (6) Other Community Facilities – Amongst other community facilities are provisions of Milk Booths and Vegetable booths, Community Centres, Library, Religious Buildings which have been provided as per population norms at sector and city level and are being developed in phases. (i) Physical Infrastructure (a) Transportation Master Plan has been prepared by M/sRITES Ltd. (b) The Master Plans for water supply, drainage (includingrain water harvesting) and sewerage have been preparedby M/s DHV Consultant. Master Plans for transport, power, social infrastructurelike security, fire stations, telecommunications, postal master plan have been prepared by the Authority. (i-1) Water Supply At present, the source of water supply is ground water. The area is divided into water supply zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines have been developed as per the Master Plan. Industrial area, is now being provided water supply system as per new Industrial policy. 85 cusec Ganga water supply shall be available from Upper Ganga Canal to supplement the ground water source for meeting the future needs for which work has been awarded to M/s U.P. Jal Nigam and proposed to be completed in a period of 3 years. At present approximately 500 km length of water supply lines, 15 Nos. over head tanks and 25 Nos Tube wells have been constructed in thedeveloped area. (i-2) Sewerage The trunk as well as internal sewers required for the present developed areahas been completed. The sewer lines are laid at the time of development ofvarious sectors. The sewerage treatment plant is proposed at the southernend near Kasna for which work has been awarded to M/s U.P. Jal Nigam.


At present approximately 460 km length of sewerage network has been completed and is functional. Treatment of present sewage is being done by oxidation pond near Hawalia drain. (i-3) Drainage. The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon inthe west. The drainage system has been designed accordingly.Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas. The Drains are being constructed alongwith the development of sectors. At present approximately 500 km length of drains has been constructed andare functional. (i-4) Power Privatised power supply is provided by Noida Power Company Ltd. By bulk purchase from U.P. Power Corporation Ltd and the distribution iscarried out by NPCL. The electrical network consists of 220 KV substation, 132 KV substation, 33 KV substation, 11 KV substation and HTLT distribution lines. The electrical cables from 33 KV substations are laid underground. At present approximately 5000 Nos 11/0.4 kv electric sub stations have been constructed in the developed sectors and villages. (i-5) Convergence Network The plan for the convergence network has been prepared and the optical fibre network has been provided and developed sectors by RPG Netcom Ltd. which has been authorized by the State Government for the same.


5. Baseline studies

The baseline monitoring for various parameters was carried out over a period Jan-March 2013. 5.1 Baseline data on Ambient Air Quality Ambient air quality is the most important parameter that is required to quantify the impact on the natural and biophysical environment.

The ambient air quality status of the study area is mainly dependent on the topographical features, background levels, concentration of specific air pollutants and local meteorological conditions. In addition it varies with respect to proximity and magnitude of traffic density, commercial and residential activities and industrial zones, which are likely sources of atmospheric emissions.

5.1.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) The permissible air quality standards for particulate and gaseous pollutants as laid down by the CPCB are presented in Table 4 below:

Table 5.1: Revised National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Pollutant Time Weighted

Average Concentration in Ambient air (µg/m3) Industrial Residential Rural and Other area

Ecologically sensitive area (notified by central Government)

Methods of measurement

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Average* 50 20 -Improved West and Gaeke -UV fluorescence

24 hr** 80 80

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Annual Average * 40 30 -Modified Jacob & Hochheiser (Na-Arsenite) -Chemiluminescence 24 hr** 80 80

Particulate Matter (size less than 10 µm) or PM10 µg/m3

Annual Average * 60 60 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation 24 hr** 100 100

Particulate Matter (size less than 2.5 µm) or PM2.5µg/m3

Annual Average * 40 40 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation 24 hr** 60 60

Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hr** 100 100 -UV photometric -Chemiluminescence -Chemical Method 1 hr** 180 180

Lead µg/m3 Annual Average * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or


Pollutant Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient air (µg/m3) Industrial Residential Rural and Other area

Ecologically sensitive area (notified by central Government)

Methods of measurement

24 hr** 1.0 1.0 equivalent filter paper ED-XRF using Teflon filter

Carbon monoxide mg/m3

8 hr** 02 02 -Non Dispersive Infra red (NDIR) spectroscopy 1 hr** 04 04

Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual Average * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence -Indophenol Blue method 24 hr** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6) µg/m3

Annual Average * 05 05 -Gas Chromatography based continous analyzer -Adsorption and desorption followed by GC analysis.

Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP)-particulate phase only, ng/m3

Annual Average * 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis

Arsenic (As) ng/m3 Annual Average * 06 06 -AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 Annual Average * 20 20 -AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

[NAAQS Notification dated18thNovember, 2009] * Annual Arithmeticmean ofminimum 104measurementsin a year ata particular site taken twice a week 24hourly at uniforminterval. ** 24 hourly 08 hourly or 01hourly monitored values, as applicable shallbe complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of thetime, theymayexceed the limitsbut not on two consecutive days of monitoring. NOTE:Wheneverandwherevermonitoringresultsontwoconsecutivedaysofmonitoringexceedthelimitsspecified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.

TABLE 5.2: AVERAGE ANNUAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA OF NOIDA

Place Category Air Quality Parameter- Range PM10

(µg/m³) SO2

(µg/m³) NO2

(µg/m³) J.P Electroplating Ltd.,

Noida* Industrial 145.1 9.5 31.3

Regional Office, Noida* Residential 134.6 7.8 27.6

Source: UPPCB, on 2nd April 2014 *Noida is the closest Monitoring station near Greater Noida, representing similar conditions. 5.1.2 Ambient Air Quality in the study Area Respirable Dust Samplers (RDS) in conjunction with Mylar bags/bladders were used to collect samples of ambient air at various locations, based on topography and wind pattern and feasibility


of installation of monitoring locations. For gaseous samples, 8 hourly samples were collected, while 24hourly sampling was conducted for PM10 and PM2.5. Composite samples were prepared using three 8-hr samples collected at each location. Monitoring was done with a frequency of twice a week at each location. The monitoring duration was one month. The samples were analyzed for pollutants of interest (CO, NO2, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5) using the appropriate method prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards and Central Pollution Control Board. Air quality sampling locations and results obtained at each location are given in the table below.

1. Sampling Location: Sector 79 and nearby areas, Noida

Ambient Air Quality

Sampling Locations

AQ 1 Project Site Sector 79

AQ 2 Village -Aminabad

AQ 3 Village -Sutiyana

AQ 4 Sector-81

AQ 5Sector-52, Village-

Hosiyarpur

Fig 5.1: Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

AQ-1

AQ-5

AQ-4AQ-3

AQ-2

Table 5.3: Air Quality Data-1 Location PM2.5

µg/m3 PM10 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3

NO2 µg/m3

CO mg/m3

AQ-1 Min 31.6 70.8 12.4 21.4 <1.15

Max 53.6 74.6 15.7 26.7 <1.15


Average 37.7 72.7 14.0 24.2 <1.15 98 Percentile 36.4 73.4 14.6 25.5 <1.15

AQ-2 Min 41.3 83.4 15.4 24.5 <1.15 Max 47.5 87.3 19.6 29.7 <1.15

Average 44.2 85.3 17.2 27.2 <1.15

98 Percentile 46.7 86.5 18.6 29.4 <1.15

AQ-3 Min 43.4 71.6 11.7 20.6 <1.15

Max 46.6 77.5 15.5 23.6 <1.15

Average 45.1 74.9 13.4 22.5 <1.15

98 Percentile 46.3 76.4 14.7 23.4 <1.15

AQ-4 Min 36.5 74.5 13.6 27.5 <1.15

Max 40.1 79.1 18.5 32.6 <1.15

Average 38.6 76.6 16.0 30.0 <1.15

98 Percentile 39.3 78.6 17.6 31.3 <1.15

AQ-5 Min 43.3 82.4 16.6 25.4 <1.15

Max 49.2 88.4 21.4 30.9 <1.15

Average 46.5 85.1 18.8 28.7 <1.15

98 Percentile 48.3 86.5 20.7 30.6 <1.15

Note:µg/m3 = micro gm/meter cube, mg/m3 = milli gm/meter cube 2. Sampling Location: Sector 52 and nearby areas, Noida

S. No.

Sampling Location Temp Weather Condition

1 AQ 1 Project Site 30°C Clear

2 AQ 2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South ) 31°C Clear

3 AQ 3 Sector-122,near pusta road, Noida (3.5 km NNE) 30.5°C Clear

4 AQ 4 Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -North) 32°C Clear

5 AQ 5 New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida (6 km -West) 29°C Clear


AQ 2

AQ 5

AQ 3 AQ 4

AQ1

River Hindon

AQ 4

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

8%

16%

24%

32%

40%

WIND SPEED (m/s)

>= 11.1

8 .8 - 11.1

5 .7 - 8.8

3 .6 - 5.7

2 .1 - 3.6

0 .5 - 2.1

Calms: 0.00%

Fig: 5.2: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations (wind blowing towards NW) ble 5.4: Air Quality Data-2

S.No. Parameters Units Test Method

Limits (24hrs.)

AQ1 AQ2 AQ3 AQ4 AQ5

1 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

µg/m3 IS 5182 P 60 64.65* 55.06 57.14 54.64 70.90*

2 Particulate Matter (PM10)

µg/m3 IS 5182 P-23

100 111.99* 85.30 87.05 93.36 112.0*

3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

µg/m3 IS 5182 P-2 80 20.26 19.13 20.82 20.82 22.23

4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

µg/m3 IS 5182 P-6 80 34.79 31.28 33.03 34.44 36.72

5 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

mg/m3 IS 5182 P-10

04( for 1hr)

0.36 0.42 0.46 0.34 0.48

6 Ozone (O3) mg/m3 IS 5182 P-9/

Photometric

100( for 8hr)

7.85 5.89 6.54 11.78 11.78

7 Ammonia (NH3) mg/m3 Indo-Phenol blue

Method

400 12.86 10.18 11.26 13.94 11.26

8. Lead (Pb) mg/m3 IS 5182 P-22

01 0.23 0.29 0.25 0.29 0.33

* The values are higher than allowable limits due to construction in the nearby areas.


3. Sampling Location: Tech Zone IV and nearby areas, Greater Noida

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

S. No. Sampling Location Distance & Direction

Status

1 AQ 1 Project Site 0 km

2 AQ 2 Village - Roza Jalapur 3 km & E Downwind

3 AQ 3 Village -Khairpur Gujjar 5.2 km & SE Downwind

4 AQ 4 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg 2.2 km & NE Downwind

5 AQ 5 Village - Dhundera (Nai Basti) 5 km & NW Upwind

6 AQ 6 Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad 3.2 km & N Crosswind

FIGURE 5.3: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS


Table 5.5: Air Quality Data-3

Location PM2.5

µg/m3 PM10 µg/m3

SO2 µg/m3 NO2

µg/m3 CO

mg/m3

AQ-1

Min 34.5 74.8 11.9 23.5 <1.15

Max 44.3 80.0 13.5 28.2 <1.15

Average 39.1 77.4 13.0 25.7 <1.15

98 Percentile 42.6 79.2 13.3 26.9 <1.15

AQ-2

Min 34.8 75.4 12.1 23.2 <1.15

Max 41.0 82.6 15.2 29.4 <1.15

Average 38.2 79.6 13.7 25.2 <1.15

98 Percentile 40.0 82.3 14.6 25.6 <1.15

AQ-3

Min 37.8 76.3 10.4 21.2 <1.15

Max 44.4 80.2 13.3 26.3 <1.15

Average 41.0 77.8 11.9 23.3 <1.15

98 Percentile 42.8 78.1 12.8 25.4 <1.15

AQ-4

Min 37.6 78.9 10.5 20.4 <1.15

Max 44.2 86.4 12.6 24.6 <1.15

Average 41.5 82.1 11.9 22.5 <1.15

98 Percentile 42.8 83.7 12.5 23.2 <1.15

AQ-5

Min 44.8 82.4 16.3 26.7 <1.15

Max 50.0 89.4 19.5 30.2 <1.15

Average 47.3 85.8 17.5 28.8 <1.15

98 Percentile 48.7 88.6 18.4 29.5 <1.15

Min 46.5 75.9 11.5 25.8 <1.15

Max 52.4 82.3 13.2 30.2 <1.15

AQ-6 Average 50.3 78.4 12.5 27.2 <1.15

98 Percentile 52.2 79.2 13.1 27.5 <1.15

Note:µg/m3 = micro gm/meter cube, mg/m3 = milli gm/meter cube

5.2 Noise Quality Noise attributed to roads depends on factors such as traffic intensity, the type and condition of the vehicles plying on the road, acceleration/deceleration/gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988). High noise levels are a concern for sensitive receptors, i.e., hospitals, educational institutions, etc.


The Central Pollution Control Board has specified ambient noise levels for different land uses for day and night times. Importance was given to the timing of exposure and areas designated as sensitive. Table 5.6 below give the noise standards specified by the Central Pollution Control Board.

Table 5.6: National Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code Category Limits in Decibels (dB A)

Day Time Night Time A Industrial 75 70 B Commercial 65 55 C Residential 55 45 D Silence Zones 50 40

Source: Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi The location of ambient noise monitoring stations is shown belowgives the values arrived for day and night from the measured noise levels at an interval of five minutes at various locations. The detailed methodology for baseline data collection and sampling procedure is given in Appendix-1.


Ambient Noise Quality

SamplingLocations

NQ 1 Project Site

NQ 2 Village -Aminabad

NQ 3 Village -Sutiyana

NQ 4 Sector-81

NQ 5Sector-52, Village-

Hosiyarpur

NQ-1

NQ-5

NQ-4NQ-3

NQ-2

Fig 5.4: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations


Table 5.7: Noise Quality Data-1

Location NQ-1

NQ-2

NQ-3

NQ-4

NQ-5

Jan’13 L day 60.8 64.2 61.8 58.6 63.6 L night 52.4 53.1 51.5 47.2 53.4 Jan’13 L day 61.6 63.8 61.4 59.4 60.8 L night 52.9 54.1 50.6 47.1 49.2 Feb’13 L day 58.2 62.6 62.5 59.7 62.8 L night 49.5 52.3 53.1 48.9 52.0 Feb’13 L day 58.7 60.5 60.1 58.2 58.3 L night 49.3 52.1 49.4 49.5 47.5 Mar’13 L day 60.3 61.9 60.7 57.0 61.5 L night 51.8 53.7 52.4 49.7 51.6 Mar’13 L day 59.8 59.2 62.4 60.5 62.4 L night 50.3 48.7 51.7 48.2 50.7 The daytime noise level ranged from 57.0 to 64.2 dB (A). Likewise, night-time noise level ranged from 47.1 to 54.1 dB (A) at various sampling stations. The day time equivalent noise level was higher than the permissible limit of 55 dB (A) specified for Residential area, on all sampling stations. The night time equivalent noise levels too at these stations was higher than the permissible limit of 45 dB (A) specified for Residential area. Noise is an area of concern and the high noise levels may be attributed to vehicular movement and congestion on the roads as well as on-going construction work around the area.


Sampling Locations Type of area NQ1 Project Site Residential NQ2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South )

NQ3

Sector-122,near pusta road, Noida (3.5 km NNE) Commercial

NQ4 Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -North)

NQ5 New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida (6 km -West)


NQ 2

NQ 3 NQ 4

NQ 5 NQ 1

River Hindon

Fig 5.5: Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations

Table 5.8: Noise Quality Data-2 NQ1 NQ2 NQ3 NQ4 NQ5 L min 45.2 45.1 45.1 45.0 45.2 L10 64.1 68.2 63.7 68.2 72.2 L50 54.5 53.7 55.1 54.7 61.1 L90 45.7 45.6 45.6 45.7 46.0 Leq 59.2 63.5 59.4 62.6 67.3 L max 65.3 68.6 65.9 69.3 74.6 Leq- Day 60.6 65.2 60.8 64.2 69.0 Leq- Night 46.4 46.5 46.3 46.4 50.2


Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations S. No. Sampling Location Distance &

Direction Status

1 NQ 1 Project Site 0 km 2 NQ 2 Village - Roza Jalapur 3 km & E Downwind 3 NQ 3 Village -Khairpur Gujjar 5.2 km & SE Downwind 4 NQ 4 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg 2.2 km & NE Downwind 5 NQ 5 Village - Dhundera (Nai Basti) 5 km & NW Upwind


6 NQ 6 Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad 3.2 km & N Crosswind

FIGURE 5.6: AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

Table 5.9: Noise Quality Data-3

NQ1 (L-1)

NQ2 (L-2)

NQ3 (L-3)

NQ4 (L-4)

NQ5 (L-5)

NQ6 (L-6)

Leq- Day 61.5 62.7 59.2 61 62.1 63.8 Leq- Night 44.6 49.5 45.8 48.3 44.9 51.4

5.3 Ground Water Quality 5.3.1.1 Occurrence of Ground Water Ground water occurs under both unconfined conditions in shallow aquifers down to the depth of 100 mbgl, and confined to semi-confined conditionsin intermediate and deeper aquifers. The aquifers are made up offine to coarse sand and occasional gravel within the alluvial deposit often separated by thick clay beds. Multiple aquifer groups occur upto 350 m/depth. 5.3.1.2 Depth to water level Depth to water level maps, for pre-monsoon and post monsoon periods prepared by CGWB for Gautam Buddha Nagar District have revealed that the entire area can be divided into different zones on the basis of depth to water ranges. Fairly a large area has shallow to moderate depth to water. Water level in unconfined aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40 m bgl during pre-monsoon


period and from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post monsoon period. Deeper water levels (> 9 mbgl) also occur along Yamuna River perhaps indicating that the water levels are deepening towards river. 5.3.2 Seasonal Water level fluctuation Seasonal water level fluctuation as recorded by CGWB reveals that majority of wells show water levels elevated during post monsoon period. (Pre-monsoon Depth to water level during May'2007): 3.35 to 14.40 mbgl (Post-monsoon Depth to water level during Nov'2007): 2.00 to 13.35 mbgl. The rise in water levels range between 0.12 to 3.69m. In some wells however, decline in water levels have been reported during post monsoon period in the range of 2.76 to .09m. It transpires that such areas have moderate to low recharge over the ground water draft during the period. 5.3.3 Long Term Water Level Trend Long term Water level trend analysis of pre-monsoon and post monsoon data of seven (7) CGWB, NHS ( Period from 1977 to 2006) reveal that Pre-monsoon : Fall (Range 0.12-0.35m) in three blocks (CGWB wells) Post-monsoon : Fall (Range 0.07-0.51m) in three blocks (CGWB wells). Thus out of seven wells considered, within the District three wells situated in Jewar, Dankaur and Dadri locality show declining trends during pre to post monsoon period which is attributed to the fact that most of these area are semi-urban centers which are heavily dependent on ground water for meeting domestic as well as irrigation needs. Hydro geological Characteristics of Aquifer The State Government has constructed various tube wells down to a depth of 80m to as much as 350 mbgl in the top shallow aquifer. The aquifer parameters have been determined at various places. The discharge of these structures generally ranges between 8 to 16 lps with moderate drawdown of 3 to 6m, however, a few wells have exceptionally high yield of 500 lps. The coefficient of transmissivity determined at Tugalpur Haldona is 1759 m2 /day and storage coefficient is 4.84×10-4 .Shallow (50m deep) piezometers constructed by CGWB show 82 to 100 lpm discharge. 5.3.4 Ground Water Related Issues and Problems 5.3.4.1 Water Logging A considerable part of the area is subjected to water logging. This is attributed to the fact that depth to ground water level rests within 4 mbgl during pre and post monsoon period. Such areas generally fall in the vicinity of major canals and distributaries, suggesting excessive seepage from these canals.


5.3.4.2 Depleting Ground Water Level Out of seven wells considered, three wells situated in Jewar, Dankaur and Dadri show declining trends during pre & post monsoon period which is attributed to over exploitation of ground water for catering to domestic as well as irrigation needs. Seasonal and long term water level records indicate a very moderate and gradual declining of water levels. Ground water conditions in the area are good and ground water is available at shallow depths. Excessive withdrawal of ground water for different uses, induced seepage from canals, low permeability of soils and lack of well-defined drainage has resulted in shallowing of water table. The unconfined aquifers in the study area occur near the surface. The ground water resources are also exploited for domestic and irrigation purposes through a number of open dug wells, hand pumps and tube-wells seen in the study area. The data has been collected from various secondary sources in the study area. The hydro geological studies revealed that the district comprises of aquifers with primary inter granular porosity and fractures with a yield of less than 40 litres /second. The proposed project site falls in aquifers with primary inter granular porosity. The proposed site lies in an area with a water table contour of 70 m above msl. The depth of dug wells/hand pump is 20-40 m in the district. 5.3.5 Source of Water Supply (Greater Noida Authority) Presently Ground water is the main source of water supply in Greater Noida. The residents of Greater Noida are supplied groundwater pumped and cleaned by the Authority. Due to the hardness of its quality, the water is quite difficult to use. The area is divided into water supply zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks and trunk and other supply lines have been developed as per the Master Plan. Surface Water Supply i.e. the Ganga Water Project, which has been devised in line with a similar project in Noida to reduce hardness of water, is expected to supply groundwater blended with water from the Ganges to over 3 lakh residents of Greater Noida in the first phase. In the subsequent phase, it would supply water to over 12 lakh residents, which is the projected population of the city as per Master Plan 2021. The main reservoir, having a capacity of 180 million liters per day, is to be set up near Jaitpur village - a village in South Delhi Tehsil in South Delhi District in Delhi State. Table 5.10:– Water Quality Criteria and Standards for Freshwater Classification (CPCB, 1979)

Designated-Best-Use Class of water

Criteria

Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less


Outdoor bathing (Organized)

B

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C

Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less

pH between 6 to 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

D

pH between 6.5 to 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E

pH between 6.0 to 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250 Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 Boron Max. 2mg/l

Below-E Not Meeting A, B, C, D & E Criteria Note: ‘–‘Indicates not applicable/relevant

5.3.6 Ground Water Quality Ground water conditions in the area are good and ground water is available at shallow depths. Excessive withdrawal of ground water for different uses, induced seepage from canals, low permeability of soils and lack of well-defined drainage has resulted in shallowing of water table. The unconfined aquifers in the study area occur near the surface. The ground water resources are also exploited for domestic and irrigation purposes through a number of open dug wells, hand pumps and tube-wells seen in the study area.

The data has been collected from various secondary sources in the study area. The hydro geological studies revealed that the district comprises of aquifers with primary inter granular porosity and fractures with a yield of less than 40 litres /second. The proposed project site falls in aquifers with primary inter granular porosity. The proposed site lies in an area with a water table contour of 70 m above msl. The depth of dug wells/hand pump is 20-40 m in the district.

As per CGWB, general ground water quality in the district is good and all the constituentsare well within the permissible limits as prescribed by ICMR (1975). The general range of various important chemical constituents in the ground water samples are asfollows:

Table 5.11: Ground Water Quality of Distric Gautam Buddha Nagar 2009 Chemical Constituents Range pH 7.95 -8.15 Specific Conductance (EC) (s/cm at 25°C) 419 - 2270 Bicarbonate (mg/l) 152 - 750 Chloride (mg/l) 14 - 347 Nitrate (mg/l) 3.3 – 141 Sulphate (mg/l) 9.6 – 125 Fluoride {mg/l) 0.27 - 1.7


Calcium (mg/l) 8 - 136 Magnesium (mg/l) 4.8 - 50 Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/l) 150 - 450 Sodium (mg/l) 35 - 506 Potassium (mg/l) 4.8 - 18 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.07 –0.001

5.3.6.1 Quality of Shallow Ground Water Ground water in shallow aquifers in general is good and safe for drinking and irrigation purposes. The ground water is generally alkaline type (pH 7.95 - 8.15) salinity limits within the permissible limits except in few samples collected from Jahangirpur, Luharli, Bilaspur, Dadri, Dankaur and Jewar where it is more than 1000μs/cm at 25°C.


GROUND WATER MONITORING STATIONS

Sampling Locations GW1 Project Site GW2 Hand Pump (Village - Aminabad) GW3 Bore well (Village -Sultiyana)

GW-1

GW-3

GW-2

SW

Figure 5.7: Ground Water Monitoring Stations


Table 5.12 : Ground Water Test Reports- 1

S. No Parameter Unit Desirable Permissible GW1 GW2 GW3 1 Colour Hazen

unit 5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0

2 Odour -- ---- UO UO UO UO 3 Taste -- ---- Agr Agr Agr Agr 4 Turbidity NTU 5 10 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 5 pH -- 6.5 8.5 7.1 7.2 7.14 6 Total Hardness (as

CaCo3) mg/l 300 600 390.0 425.0 410

7 Total Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.14 0.12 0.13

8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 1000 71.0 65.9 61.6 9 Residual Free

Chlorine mg/l 0.2 -- < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2

10 Total Dissolved Solid

mg/l 500 2000 820.0 805.0 796.0

11 Calcium (as Ca)

mg/l 75 200 86.2 78.1 80.2

12 Magnesium (as Mg)

mg/l 30 100 39.2 37.7 35.5

13 Copper (as Cu)

mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

14 Manganese (as Mn)

mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

15 Sulphate (as So4) mg/l 200 400 49.4 41.6 43.2 16 Nitrate(as No3) mg/l 45 100. 4.2 3.3 4.4 17 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 1.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 18 Ph. Compound

(as C6H5OH) mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 No Relax. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 20 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 21 Selenium(as Se) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 22 Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 23 Cyanide(as CN) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 24 Lead(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5.0 15 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

26 An. Detergent ( as MBAS)

mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

27 Chromium(as Cr) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 28 Alkalinity (as

CaCo3) mg/l 0.01 0.03 400 390.0 410.0

29 Aluminum (as Al) mg/l 200 600 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 30 Boron(as B) mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 31 Total Coliform mg/l 1.0 5.0 <2 <2 <2


32 E Coli MPN/100ml

10 100 Absent Absent Absent

1. The collected water sample is for drinking when tested in accordance with IS: 10500 (Essential Tests only) 2. The collected water is not having Total Coliform (MPN) & F Coliform 3. UO: Un objectionable, Agr: Agreeable 2. Sampling Location: Sector 52 and nearby areas, Noida

Ground Water Monitoring Stations

Sampling Locations GW1 Bore well (Project Site) GW2 Hand Pump (Sector-79,Noida) GW3 Bore well (Sector-122,Noida) GW4 Hand Pump (Sector-63,Noida) GW5 Bore well-New Ashok Nagar,Sec-

1,Noida

GW 2

GW 3 GW 4

GW 5 GW 1

River Hindon


Table 5.13: Ground Water Test Reports- 2

S.N. Parameter Test Method Unit Desirable

Permissible

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5

1 Colour IS 3025 P-4-1983

Hazen unit

5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0


2 Odour IS 3025 P-5- 1983

-- ---- Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionable

Unobjectionab

le

Unobjectionab

le

Unobjectionab

le 3 Taste IS 3025 P-7-

1984 -- ----- Agreea

ble Agreeab

le Agreeab

le Agreea

ble Agreea

ble Agreea

ble 4 Turbidity IS 3025 P- 10-

1984 NTU 5 10 < 1.0 < 1.0 1.5 < 1.0 < 1.0

5 pH IS 3025 P- 11-1984

-- 6.5 8.5 7.8 7.9 7.8 7.9 7.6

6 Total Hardness (as CaCo3)

IS 3025 P-21-1983

mg/l 300 600 489.12 1120.9 468.74 805.01 326.8

7 Total Iron (as Fe)

IS 3025 P- 53- 2003

mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.17 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.15

8 Chloride (as Cl)

IS 3025 P-32-1988

mg/l 250 1000 354.38 1388.02 462.6 1082.85

177.19

9 Residual Free Chlorine

IS 3025 P- 26-1986

mg/l 0.2 -- Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

10 Total Dissolved Solid

IS 3025 P-16-1984

mg/l 500 2000 1429.6 3686.4 1628.4 2468.4 893.4

11 Calcium (as Ca)

IS 3025 P-40-1991

mg/l 75 200 52.98 134.50 57.06 93.74 36.68

12 Magnesium(as Mg)

IS 3025 P- 46-1994

mg/l 30 100 61.12 142 58 98 40

13 Copper (as Cu)

IS 3025 P- 42- 1992

mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

14 Manganese(as Mn)

IS 3025 P-59- 2006

mg/l 0.1 0.3 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

15 Sulphate (as So4)

IS 3025 P- 24-1986

mg/l 200 400 142.57 494.60 230.58 388.99 124.97

16 Nitrate (as No3)

IS 3025 P- 34-1988

mg/l 45 100. 8.23 15.92 13.54 14.54 6.84

17 Fluoride (as F)

APHA-4500 F mg/l 1.0 1.5 0.14 0.19 0.14 0.15 0.10

18 Ph. Compound(as C6H5OH)

IS 3025 P- 43-1992

mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg)

IS 3025 P- 48-1994

mg/l 0.001 No Relax.

< 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

20 Cadmium (as Cd)

IS 3025 P- 41- 1992


< 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

21 Selenium(as Se)

IS 3025 P- 56-2003


< 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005

22 Arsenic (as As)

IS 3025 P- 37-1998


< 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010

23 Cyanide(as CN)

IS 3025 P- 27-1986

mg/l 0.05 No Relax.

< 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

24 Lead(as Pb) IS 3025 P- 47-1994

mg/l 0.05 No Relax.

< 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

25 Zinc (as Zn) IS 3025 P- 49-1991

mg/l 5.0 15 0.38 0.42 0.29 0.32 0.21

26 An. Detergent (

Anx of K IS 13428

mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05


as MBAS) 27 Chromium(as

Cr) IS 3025 P- 52-

2003 mg/l 0.05 No

Relax. < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <

0.010 28 Mineral Oil IS 3025 P-39-

1991 mg/l 0.01 0.03 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 <

0.010 29 Alkalinity (as

CaCo3) IS 3025 P-23-

1986 mg/l 200 600 380 190 285 380 361

30 Aluminum (as Al)

IS 3025 P- 55-2003

mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010 < 0.010

31 Boron(as B) Anx. H IS 13428

mg/l 1.0 5.0 0.18 0.24 0.19 0.21 0.12

32 Total Coliform IS 1622: 1981 MPN/1

00ml 10 100 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0

33 F Coliform IS 1622: 1981 Absent -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent


GROUND WATER MONITORING STATIONS

Sampling Locations GW1 Hand Pump (Village Itehra) GW2 Hand Pump (Village - Roza Jalapur) GW3 Bore well (Village -Khairpur Gujjar) GW4 Bore well (Village - Chipiyana Buzurg) GW5 Bore well (Crossing Republik, Ghaziabad)



Table 5.14: Ground Water Test Reports- 3

S. No

Parameter Unit Desirable Permissible GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5

1 Colour Hazen unit

5 25 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0 < 5.0

2 Odour -- ---- UO UO UO UO UO UO 3 Taste -- ---- Agr

Agr Agr Agr Agr Agr

4 Turbidity NTU 5 10 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 < 2.0 5 pH -- 6.5 8.5 6.96 7.2 7.14 7.19 7.2 6 Total

Hardness (as CaCo3)

mg/l 300 600 360.0 325.0 340 365 359

7 Total Iron (as Fe)

mg/l 0.3 1.0 0.16 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.21

8 Chloride (as Cl)

mg/l 250 1000 69.0 54.2 61.6 80.6 76

9 Residual Free Chlorine

mg/l 0.2 -- < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2

10 Total Dissolved

Solid

mg/l 500 2000 550.0 495.0 525 520 565

11 Calcium (as Ca)

mg/l 75 200 86.2 68.1 76.2 92.1 85.1

12 Magnesium (as Mg)

mg/l 30 100 35.2 37.7 36.5 38.1 35.8

13 Copper (as Cu)

mg/l 0.05 1.5 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

14 Manganese (as Mn)

mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

15 Sulphate (as So4)

mg/l 200 400 49.4 41.2 41.2 52.1 46.8

16 Nitrate (as No3)

mg/l 45 100. 4.2

3.38 5.4 10.4 6.4

17 Fluoride (as F)

mg/l 1.0 1.5 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

18 Ph. Compound

(as C6H5OH)

mg/l 0.001 0.002 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

19 Mercury (as Hg)

mg/l 0.001 No Relax. <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

20 Cadmium (as Cd)

mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

21 Selenium(as Se)

mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

22 Arsenic (as As)

mg/l 0.010 No Relax. < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

23 Cyanide(as CN)

mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05


24 Lead(as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5.0 15 0.6 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

26 An. Detergent ( as

MBAS)

mg/l 0.20 1.0 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

27 Chromium(as Cr)

mg/l 0.05 No Relax. < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

28 Alkalinity (as CaCo3)

mg/l 0.01 0.03 400 370.0 385.0 420 410

29 Aluminum (as Al)

mg/l 200 600 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03

30 Boron(as B) mg/l 0.03 0.2 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 < 0.25 31 Total

Coliform mg/l 1.0 5.0 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

32 E Coli MPN/100ml

10 100 Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Observation on Ground Water From the above tables, it can be concluded that all the parameters of ground water quality are within BIS 10500 norms. The pH in various ground water samples ranged from 6.95 to 7.9. The TDS in various ground water samples ranged from 495 to 3686.4mg/l. The TDS levels are within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l in all the samples except at GW2 and GW4 at location 3 which is due to Groundwater contamination by over exploitation and ongoing construction activities in the nearby areas. The concentration of various heavy metals e.g. lead, nickel, zinc, chromium, cadmium was observed to be below detectable limit. The concentration level of various heavy metals and toxic compounds indicates the absence of chemical pollution sources in the area. The concentration of BOD and COD also indicates that the groundwater in general is not affected by various sources of pollution. The concentration of iron is much less than the permissible limit of 1 mg/l in groundwater samples collected from various locations. The concentration of nitrates and chlorides was well below the permissible limit. The coliform was absent in tube wells as well as hand pump.

1. Surface Water Monitoring: Hindon River near Arthala Village (NE)

Table: 5.15: SURFACE WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS REPORT

S.No. Parameter Units Test Method SW1 1 Colour Hazen IS 3025 P-04 Apparent Colour 2 pH Value -- IS 3025 P-11 7.4 3 Chloride mg/l IS 3025 P-32 536.1 4 Total Dissolved Solid mg/l IS 3025 P-16 2162.0

5 Conductivity µg/cm IS 3025 P-14 3432.0 6 BOD mg/l IS 3025 P-44 57.4


7 COD mg/l IS 3025 P-58 323.4 8 Sulphate mg/l IS 3025 P-24 92.1 9 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l IS 3025 P-38 3.1

10 Fluoride mg/l APHA 4500F 2.1 11 Arsenic mg/l IS 3025 P-37 < .01 12 Cyanide mg/l IS 3025 P-27 < .05 13 Oil & Grease mg/l IS 3025 P-39 46.0 14 Boron mg/l APHA 1.08 15 Total Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 330 x103 16 Sodium absorption Ratio - Calculation 1.9

2. Surface Water Monitoring Stations

Sampling Location SW1 Hindon River SW2 Yamuna River

Table: 5.16: SURFACE WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS REPORT

S.No. Parameter Units Test Method SW1 SW2 1 Colour Hazen IS 3025 P-04 Blackish Colorless 2 Turbidity NTU IS 3025 P- 10 10 10 3 pH Value -- IS 3025 P-11 7.4 7.8 4 Chloride mg/l IS 3025 P-32 354.38 196.88 5 Total Dissolved Solid mg/l IS 3025 P-16 1197.8 908.2 6 Conductivity µg/cm IS 3025 P-14 2038 1489 7 BOD mg/l IS 3025 P-44 8 20 8 COD mg/l IS 3025 P-58 32 68 9 Sulphate mg/l IS 3025 P-24 96.80 39.60

10 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l IS 3025 P-38 4.8 4.6 11 Fluoride mg/l APHA 4500F 0.34 0.17 12 Arsenic mg/l IS 3025 P-37 < 0.010 < 0.010 13 Cyanide mg/l IS 3025 P-27 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Oil & Grease mg/l IS 3025 P-39 < 1.0 < 1.0 15 Boron mg/l APHA 0.19 0.14 16 Total Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 7.6x104 8.4x104 17 F Coliform MPN/100ml IS 1622-1981 2.7x103 3.3x103

18 Sodium absorption Ratio

- Calculation 0.12 0.89

The analysis indicates that both Hindon and Yamuna River water is polluted and cannot be used

for drinking, bathing, swimming, fisheries etc.


5.4 Soil Quality

5.4.1 Geomorphology:

Gautam Budh Nagar district, a part of Ganga-Yamuna Doab in the vicinity of River Yamuna, forms almost a monotonous plain with occurrence of sand dunes, sandy ridges, ravenous tracts and depressions close to the river system of Yamuna. At places, close to river ravines are developed in the form of narrow gullies on land surface due to excessive erosion by surface runoff. Ravines form a bad land topography along Hindon and Bhuriya Nadi between Bisrakh and Dankaur areas and also in Jhajhar area. Lenses and beds of Kankar are seen exposed and forms mounds or pinnacles. Flood plain of river Yamuna with remnants of old meander scars, oxbow lakes and relict drainages is developed along the river in western part of the district. The terrain has gentle slope from northwest to south-east with a gradient of 0.2 m/km.

5.4.2 Soil Types:

The soil ranges from pure sand to stiff clays and including all combination of the two extreme litho units. The pure sand is called Bhur and clay is called Matiar. The mixture of sand and clay in equal proportion forms Dumat or loam, a good agriculture soil. Several subcategories of Dumat are possible depending upon the contents of clay and sand. The bad land patches (Kallor) which are ingested with Reh at places do not support any vegetation growth. Alluvial soils occurring in flood plain of rivers is called Kemp which yield good crops. Kankars invariably associated with clay and at times retards ground water movement.

1. Soil sample near Sector 79

SOIL QUALITY TESTING STATIONS

Code Sample Collection Points

SQ1 Project Site Sector 79 SQ2 Village -Aminabad

SQ3 Village - Sutiyana

SQ4 Sector-81

SQ5 Sector-52, Village- Hosiyarpur


SQ-1

SQ-5

SQ-4 SQ-3

SQ-2

Fig 5.10: Soil Quality Testing Stations

TABLE 5.17: SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT S. No.

Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3 SQ-4 SQ-5

1 Texture -

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy clay loam

Sandy clay loam

Sandy clay loam

Sand % 70.5 68.1 60.8 58.6 60.2 Silt % 17.3 17.7 18.5 21.5 19.3 Clay % 12.2 14.2 20.7 19.9 20.5

2 pH (1:2) - 7.28 7.65 7.43 7.69 7.23

3 Electrical Conductivity (1:2) µmhos/cm 367 381 498 464 486

4 CEC meq/100 gm 14.9 17.0 18.7 18.9 16.7

5 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100 gm 0.29 0.38 0.42 0.43 0.24

6 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100 gm 0.62 0.89 0.92 0.82 0.76

7 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100 gm 11.2 12.5 11.8 13.1 13.5

8 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100 gm 2.8 3.2 3.9 2.9 3.5

9 Sodium Absorption Ratio - 0.74 1.00 0.99 0.92 0.89

10 Water Holding Capacity % 21.8 23.9 26.4 27.6 24.6

11 Porosity % 44.3 41.5 39.1 38.1 45.1 12 Permeability cm/hrs 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.9 2.2


13 TKN % 0.039 0.041 0.051 0.046 0.053 14 Phosphorus mg/kg 11.2 14.1 16.3 12.5 15.3 15 Organic Matter % 0.29 0.33 0.28 0.27 0.31 16 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.42 1.36 1.32 1.45 1.28

NOTE: Analysis done on Dry Basis except Moisture.

• Soil Sample near Sector-52

Sample Collection Points SQ1 Project Site SQ2 Sector-79, Noida (4km -South ) SQ3 Sector-122,near pusta road, Noida (3.5 km NNE) SQ4 Sector-63, Noida (5.5 km -North) SQ5 New Ashok Nagar, Sec-1, Noida (6 km -West)

SQ 2

SQ 3 SQ 4

SQ 5 SQ 1

River Hindon


TABLE 5.18: SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT

S.No. Parameter Units SQ1 SQ2 SQ3 SQ4 SQ5 1 Colour -- Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown

2 pH at (1:2) -- 8.6 7.6 7.7 7.6 7.7 3 Sodium mg/kg 184 212 251 345 318

4 Potassium mg/kg 38 52 71 97 87

5 Cation Exchange Capacity meq/100gm 21.7 40.4 42.1 57.54 52.38

6 Water Holding Capacity % by mass 19.2 40.3 46.5 30.43 27.04 7 Bulk Density gm/ml 1.58 1.56 1.52 1.55 1.54


8 Porosity % by mass 8.5 10.6 8.2 9.8 10.1 9 Soil Permeabilty cm/minute 6.4 8.8 5.9 7.1 7.6

10 Sodium Absorption Ratio

-- 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.06

11 Texture 1. Sand % by mass 71.25 60.23 74.25 52.75 71.86 2. Silt % by mass 12.50 36.93 8.50 33.25 14.28

3. Clay % by mass 16.25 2.84 17.25 14.00 13.86

• Soil sample atTech Zone IV and nearby areas, Greater Noida SOIL QUALITY TESTING STATIONS

Code Sample Collection Points

SQ1 Project Site Village Itehra

SQ2 Village -Khairpur Gujjar

SQ3 Village - Chipiyana Buzurg

L-1

L-2

L-3



TABLE 5.19: SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT S. No.

Parameter Unit SQ-1 SQ-2 SQ-3

1 Texture -

Sandy loam

Sandy loam

Sandy clay loam

Sand % 71.7 66.3 55.6 Silt % 17.1 18.4 21.5 Clay % 11.2 15.3 22.9

2 pH (1:2) - 7.28 7.65 7.63

3 Electrical Conductivity (1:2) µmhos/cm 357 381 498

4 CEC meq/100 gm 14.9 17.0 18.7

5 Exchangeable Potassium meq/100 gm 0.29 0.38 0.42

6 Exchangeable Sodium meq/100 gm 0.62 0.89 0.92

7 Exchangeable Calcium meq/100 gm 11.2 12.5 13.5

8 Exchangeable Magnesium meq/100 gm 2.8 3.2 3.9

9 Sodium Absorption Ratio - 0.74 1.00 0.99

10 Water Holding Capacity % 21.8 23.9 27.6

11 Porosity % 44.3 41.5 39.1 12 Permeability cm/hrs 2.3 2.1 1.8 13 TKN % 0.039 0.041 0.051 14 Phosphorus mg/kg 11.2 14.1 16.3 15 Organic Matter % 0.29 0.33 0.28 16 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.42 1.36 1.32

NOTE: Analysis done on Dry Basis except Moisture.

5.4.3 Observations Physical characteristics of soil were characterized through specific parameters viz bulk density,

porosity, water holding capacity, pH, electrical conductivity and texture. Soil pH plays an

important role in the availability of nutrients. Soil microbial activity as well as solubility of

metal ions is also dependent on pH. In the study area, variations in the pH of the soil were found to

be neutral (7.28 to 8.6). Electrical conductivity (EC) is a measure of the soluble salts and

ionic activity in the soil. In the collected soil samples the conductivity ranged from 357 to 498

µmhos/cm.


5.5 Socio-Economic Scenario This section discusses the baseline scenario of the socio-economic environment in the study area and the anticipated impacts of the Proposed Project on the socio-economic environment. The issues under focus in this chapter are demographic structure, economic activities, and education literacy rate and infrastructure resources. Demographic composition of the study area:

The major part of the study area is spread over in Gautam Buddh Nagar. Many villages have been

identified in the rural areas. Important villages located in the study area are Patwari, Sorkha,

Chipiyana Buzurg, Shahberi, Khirpur Gujjar, Aminabad, Dhundehara and Duryai etc.

Literates, literacy rate: The number of literate persons in the area is 1,010,846, which accounts

for 74.4 percent of the total eligible population. Of this male shares 60.1 percent and female 39.9

percent. The literacy rate varies widely from one habitation to another. Overall gender gap in

literacy rate has been worked out to 20.2, which is quite significant.

Population: As per provisional data of 2011 census, Greater Noida had a population of 107,676, with 58,662 males and 49,014 females. The literacy rate was 86.54 per cent. Greater Noida Literacy Rate 2011: In education section, total literates in Greater Noida city are

79,757 of which 45,878 are males while 33,879 are females. Average literacy rate of Greater

Noida city is 86.54 percent of which male and female literacy was 91.48 and 80.65 percent.

Greater Noida Sex Ratio 2011: The sex ratio of Greater Noida city is 836 per 1000 males. Child

sex ratio of girls is 823 per 1000 boys.

Greater Noida Child Population 2011: Total children (0-6) in Greater Noida city are 15,517 as

per figure from Census India report on 2011. There were 8,512 boys while 7,005 are girls. The

child forms 14.41 % of total population of Greater Noida City.

Table 5.20: Population of Greater Noida as per Census, 2011

Greater Noida City Total Male Female

Population 107,676 58,662 49,014

Literates 79,757 45,878 33,879

Children (0-6) 15,517 8,512 7,005

Average Literacy (%) 86.54 91.48 80.65


Sex ratio 836

Child sex ratio 823

Table 5.21: District (Gautam Budh Nagar) at a glance in 2001 -2011

Description 2011 2001

Actual Population 1,674,714 1,202,030

Male 904,505 652,819

Female 770,209 549,211

Population Growth 39.32% 43.36%

Area Sq. Km 1,338 1,338

Density/km2 1,252 898

Proportion to Uttar Pradesh Population 0.84% 0.72%

Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 852 841

Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 854 854

Average Literacy 82.20 68.69

Male Literacy 90.23 81.26

Female Literacy 72.78 53.70

Total Child Population (0-6 Age) 245,232 218,359

Male Population (0-6 Age) 132,925 117,783

Female Population (0-6 Age) 112,307 100,576

Literates 1,175,053 675,669

Male Literates 696,210 434,749

Female Literates 478,843 240,920

Child Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.64% 18.17%

Boys Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.70% 18.04%

Girls Proportion (0-6 Age) 14.58% 18.31%

Fig 5.13: Component of Urban Population of NCT- Delhi -2011


Fig 5.14: Distribution of Population in Sub-Regions of NCR-2011

Table 5.22:Sub-Region Wise Distribution of Population in NCR (1981-2011)

Sub-region

Population ShareofPopulation(%) 1981 1991 2001 2011 1981 1991 2001 2011

NCT-Delhi 62,20,406 94,20,644 1,38,50,507 1,67,53,235 31.4 34.4 37.3 36.4 Haryana 49,38,541 66,43,604 86,87,050 1,10,37,548 24.8 24.3 23.4 24.0 Rajasthan 17,55,575 22,96,580 29,92,592 36,71,999 8.8 8.4 8.1 8.0 U.P 69,68,646 90,01,704 1,15,70,117 1,45,84,234 35.0 32.9 31.2 31.6 NCR 1,98,83,168 2,73,62,532 3,71,00,266 4,60,49,032 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0

Fig 5.16: Growth Rate of Population in NCR

Fig 5.15: Distribution of Area in Sub-Regions of NCR-2011


Source- Census of India, 1981- 2011* (Provisional)

Fig 5.17: Decadal Growth Rate of NCT-Delhi (1901-2011)


Table 5.23: Reasons of Migration to Delhi

Reasons of Migration Migrants(1981-1991) Migrants(1991-2001) Total % Total % Employment/work 4,96,731 31.3 8,16,174 37.6

Business 64,678 4.1 11,818 0.5

Education 36,192 2.3 58,146 2.7

Marriage 2,47,903 15.6 2,99,856 13.8

Moved with household 6,58,041 41.5 7,99,231 36.8

Others 83,947 5.3 1,87,535 8.6

Total migrants 15,87,492 100.0 21,72,760 100.0 Source:Census of India1981,1991and2001

Industries

Greater Noida is a home to numerous companies running their industries. Some of them are: Alstom, BPCL R&D centre, Asian Paints, Daewoo Motors, Delphi automotive, Honda Siel Cars India, New Holland Tractors, NTPC Dadri, Yamaha Motors, Minda Corporation Limited, &Sharda Motor Industries ltd. IT & Biotech Companies There are various IT and Biotech companies in the area. NIIT, Wipro Technologies, Yashoda Hospital & Research Centre, LG Electronics, Moser Baer, Samsung Electronics & ST Microelectronics

Basic Infrastructure Facilities in Villages All the villages lying in the study area are well connected by pitched roads. All the villages have at least a primary school, a primary health centre, post office and branches of nationalized bank. All the villages are connected by telephone and electricity grid. 6. Meteorological Studies of the Area

6.1 Rainfall:

The average annual rainfall is approximately 714 mm, most of which (80%) falls during the monsoon months of July and August. The maximum rainfall occurs during the monsoon period i.e., June to September having the normal value of 600 mm which is 85.7% of annual rainfall. August is the wettest month having the normal rainfall of 205.8 mm followed by July when normal rainfall received about 194.4 mm. The climate of the district is sub-humid and characterized by hot summer and bracing cold season. After February there is continuous increase in temperature till May which is generally the hottest


month. During the southwest monsoon season the relative humidity is high and after the withdrawal of the monsoon humidity decreases. The mean monthly maximum relative humidity in the morning of August month is 84% and mean monthly minimum relative humidity measured in the morning of May is 41 %.

6.2 Wind Velocity

The normal annual mean wind speed in the district is 6.7 kmph the highest normal wind speed is 9.2 kmph in the month of June followed by 8.3 kmph in May. The annual normal potential evapo-transiration of the district is 1545.3 mm. The maximum PET occurs in the month of June followed by May with 225.3 mm and 222.2 mm respectively.

6.3 Relative Humidity

During the southwest monsoon season the relative humidity is high and after the withdrawal of the monsoon humidity decreases. The mean monthly maximum relative humidity in the morning of August month is 84% and mean monthly minimum relative humidity measured in the morning of May is 41 %.

6.4 Temperature

Greater Noida, situated in north of Tropic of Cancer experiences a fairly hot summer and cold winter. The Himalayas in the north and the desert in the west influence the climate of the area. The months of May and June are very hot and dry, while December and January are very cold. The mean monthly temperature varies from 7.3°C in January to 39.6°C in May. The maximum and minimum temperature recorded is 44oC in summer and 5oC in winter.

The monthly maximum, minimum and mean values of temperature for past decade (2008-2013) are presented in Table below. It is observed that from February, the ambient temperature gradually rise till June, which is the hottest month of the year with a mean maximum and minimum of 390C and 24 0C, respectively. The Mean lowest temperature recorded was 7 0C on January 2011 and the Mean highest was 39 0C in May.

Table 6.1 a: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2009

July, 2009 Aug, 2009 Sept, 2009 Oct, 2009 Nov, 2009 Dec, 2009 Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Temp. 41 °C 36 °C 32 °C 38 °C 35 °C 30 °C 36 °C 33 °C 26 °C 36 °C 32 °C 28 °C 32 °C 27 °C 22 °C 29 °C 23 °C 19 °C MeanTemp. 36 °C 32 °C 29 °C 34 °C 31 °C 28 °C 32 °C 29 °C 23 °C 31 °C 26 °C 23 °C 24 °C 21 °C 16 °C 20 °C 16 °C 12 °C MinTemp. 31 °C 28 °C 25 °C 32 °C 28 °C 25 °C 28 °C 26 °C 22 °C 27 °C 21 °C 15 °C 20 °C 15 °C 9 °C 15 °C 10 °C 6 °C

Jan, 2009 Feb, 2009 March, 2009 April, 2009 May, 2009 June, 2009 Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Temp. 25 °C 21 °C 14 °C 28 °C 25 °C 20 °C 33 °C 29 °C 27 °C 43 °C 36 °C 28 °C 43 °C 39 °C 34 °C 45 °C 41 °C 36 °C Mean Temp. 19 °C 15 °C 10 °C 22 °C 18 °C 14 °C 27 °C 23 °C 19 °C 34 °C 29 °C 23 °C 37 °C 33 °C 29 °C 39 °C 35 °C 30 °C Min Temp. 14 °C 9 °C 5 °C 16 °C 12 °C 8 °C 21 °C 17 °C 12 °C 28 °C 23 °C 17 °C 32 °C 28 °C 23 °C 34 °C 30 °C 23 °C


Table 6.1 b: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2010

Jan, 2010 Feb, 2010 March, 2010 April, 2010 May, 2010 June, 2010

Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Min

Max Temp. 26 °C 18 °C 10 °C 31 °C 25 °C 20 °C 39 °C 33 °C 25 °C 44 °C 40 °C 36 °C 45 °C 41 °C 35 °C 45 °C 40 °C 28 °C

Mean Temp. 20 °C 13 °C 9 °C 23 °C 19 °C 16 °C 31 °C 26 °C 19 °C 37 °C 32 °C 20 °C 39 °C 34 °C 30 °C 39 °C 34 °C 24 °C

Min Temp. 14 °C 8 °C 4 °C 17 °C 12 °C 9 °C 25 °C 19 °C 13 °C 33 °C 26 °C 2 °C 34 °C 29 °C 22 °C 35 °C 29 °C 21 °C

July, 2010 Aug, 2010 Sept, 2010 Oct, 2010 Nov, 2010 Dec, 2010






Table 6.1 c: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2011












Table 6.1 d: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2012












Table 6.1 e: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2013



Max Temp. 24 °C 18 °C 9 °C 26 °C 22 °C 17°C 34 °C 30 °C 23 °C 40 °C 36 °C 31 °C 40 °C 36 °C 31 °C 45 °C 37 °C 30 °C





Max Temp. 39 °C 34 °C 29 °C 35°C 32 °C 28 °C 36 °C 34 °C 30 °C 34 °C 32 °C 26 °C 29 °C 26 °C 24 °C 27 °C 22 °C 16 °C




Table Table 6.1 f: Temperature (Max, Mean & Min) of the Year 2014

Source: IMD

Analysis of wind records during 2010-2013 shows that the winds are generally light to moderate in this area. It can be seen that the annual average wind speed varies from 3 to 13 km/h. The strongest winds are observed during June i.e. Summer Season and the weakest during November.

Table 6.2: Monthly Wind Speed (Km/h)

2010 2011 2012 2013

Month MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN MAX AVG MIN

Jan 24 7 0 9 8 0 29 7 0 26 7 0

Feb 27 7 0 17 8 0 12 9 0 37 8 0

March 26 8 0 29 8 0 29 9 0 29 9 0

April 37 9 0 17 8 0 40 9 0 29 9 0

May 45 10 0 37 11 0 37 10 0 29 9 0

June 22 12 0 37 12 0 14 13 0 32 12 0

July 37 10 0 26 9 0 34 11 0 27 9 0

Aug 34 8 0 35 10 0 29 8 0 24 7 0

Sep 26 8 0 39 9 0 29 9 0 22 8 0

Oct 27 5 0 26 6 0 17 4 0 24 5 0

Nov 23 4 0 24 4 0 19 3 0 14 3 0

Dec 23 4 0 21 4 0 23 8 0 12 6 0

Jan, 2014 Feb, 2014

Temperature Max Avg Min Max Avg Min

Max Temperature 23 °C 18 °C 13 °C 26 °C 21 °C 14°C

Mean Temperature 17 °C 13 °C 9 °C 20 °C 15 °C 12 °C

Min Temperature 13 °C 8 °C 1 °C 16 °C 10 °C 5°C


The temperature from the nearest IMD station located at New Delhi GK-2 at a height of 262 amsl was taken for a period of 1 year (April 2013-April 2014)

Table 6.3: Weather Parameters for a Period April’13- April’14 Parameter Max Avg Min Sum

Temperature

Max Temperature 46 °C 30 °C 13 °C

Mean Temperature 39 °C 25 °C 9 °C

Min Temperature 34 °C 20 °C 1 °C

Degree Days

Heating Degree Days (base 65) 16 2 0 628

Cooling Degree Days (base 65) 37 13 0 4824

Growing Degree Days (base 50) 52 26 0 9673

Dew Point

Dew Point 30 °C 16 °C -4 °C

Precipitation

Precipitation 0.0 mm 0.0 mm 0.0 mm 0.00 mm

Snowdepth - - - -

Wind

Wind 222 km/h 8 km/h 0 km/h

Gust Wind 64 km/h 35 km/h 26 km/h

Sea Level Pressure

Sea Level Pressure 1026 hPa 1009 hPa 994 hPa


7. Land Environment- Site (Development Area & Planning Area) & Surrounding

7.1 Land Use of the Region

Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority has developed phase-I and a part of second phase of development as proposed for the year 2011.

7.1.1 Landuse Breakup (Existing)

The Master Plan development area of Greater Noida has been divided broadly into 7 uses namely Residential, Commercial, Institutional, Industrial, Green areas, SEZ and Transportation related uses.

Table 7.1: Breakup of Land Use (Existing)

Sl.No. Landuse Area (ha.) Percentage 1. Residential 3000.00 22.10 2. Commercial 720.00 5.30 3. Institutional 1970.00 14.52 4. Industrial 2600.00 19.16 5. Green Area 3000.00 22.10 6. SEZ 1000.00 7.37 7. Transportation &

related use 1280.00 9.43

Total 13570.00 100 7.1.2 Landuse Breakup (Proposed) 2021

Table 7.1: Proposed Breakup of Land Use (2021)

S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) Percentage 1 Residential 5000.00 22.46 2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88 3 Commercial 1200.00 5.39 4 Institutional 3473.99 15.61 5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09 6 Institutional Green 1420.20 6.38 7 Transportation 3339.78 15.01 8 SEZ 40.00 0.18 Total 22,255.0 100


Fig 7.1: Greater Noida 2021

7.2 External Infrastructure: Available & Proposed

Existing infrastructure is discussed in section 4.3 of Chapter 4. Proposed infrastructure is discussed as follows:

7.2.1 Industrial Development • Single window/table clearance systems. • Transparency in work to be made apparent.


• Simplification and standardization of procedure e.g. brochures withall information and formats to be made available.

• Decentralization of information centres e.g. with Industries’Association etc. • Reduction in “Inspection Raj” •Master Plans for each facility to be prepared and integrated keeping in view requirement and

timely availability.

7.2.1.1 Power •Realistic assessment of demand & production at present level of production and distribution. • Derive augmentation. • Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply. • Private participation planning for production or distribution. • Earmarking of site for captive power facility for Greater Noida. • Planning for increase in use of non-conventional energy sources. 7.2.1.2 Development control and Building norms. • Standardization of some basic designs • Essential items for maintaining uniformity to be identified and norms set • Simplification of procedure for issue of building permits/clearances • Items of flexibility in building plans to be decided upon • Policy on industrial parking viz. Freight vehicles, factory parking etc. to be drawn up and

incorporated in building plans. • Cooperative parking and group parking facilities can be developed by industries/GNIDA. • Decentralization of building plan clearances to few private agencies for specific items. • Transport Network development comprising of air, rail and road • Projection of road, rail, air and parking requirement • Provision of freight container station, plan for site location. • Modern ways of checks e.g., laden weight etc. to be planned for and set up in coordination with

relevant deptt. Of U.P. Govt. • Satellite airport for cargo to be set up. • Every heavy vehicle leaving and entering Greater Noida should be complacent of pollution,

fitness, laden weight etc. norms. • Policing will be automated with minimum stopping on roads. • Visual policing system to be set up. 7.2.1.3 Environment protection and Pollution Control. • Assessment of magnitude of problem in future years. •Identification of A,B,C and D categories of hazards and planning accordingly. Emperical data of

other industrial centres may be relied upon.


• Extent of greening essential for industries and options allowable to be decided. • Incentives for outstanding performers. • Policing and monitoring. 7.2.1.4 Telecommunications and Postal Services • Assessment of requirement for all kinds of telecommunication and postal needs including courier

services. • Plan for timely and adequate availability of each item. • Plan for site requirement for telecom, postal and courier stations and timely issue of offers of

allotment. • Follow up with different agencies for integrating Greater Noida requirement in their respective

plans.

7.2.1.5 Water Supply and Sewerage • Realistic assessment of demand and availability for future. • Derive augmentation • Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply. • Private participation planning for water supply and sewermaintenance. • Earmarking of site for captive Water Supply and Sewage Treatment Plants for Greater Noida. 7.2.1.6 Solid Waste Management • Identifying technologies that are available and which can be usedfor solid waste management. • Sites identification for land fills etc. • Provision of industrial incienerators etc. • Provision of biodegradable waste collection and its recyling. • Security and Safety as per MSW rules, 2000. • Assessment of requirement in fire control and other industrialdisaster management requirements. • Integration of GNIDA plans with those of Fire Dept. and CentralIndustrial Security Force etc. • Communicating Future Requirement to various Deptts. • Coordination and monitoring for timely availability of services. 7.2.2 Residential Development Master Plans for each facility to be prepared and integrated keeping in view future requirement and timely availability:

7.2.2.1 Power • Realistic assessment of demand and production at present level of production and distribution. • Derive augmentation. • Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply.


• Private participation planning for production or distribution. • Earmarking site for captive power facility for Greater Noida. • Consumer education for preventing power theft and proper bill payment and to make bill payment

more consumer convenient.

7.2.2.2 Development control and Building norms to allow flexibility • To work out a set of items which should comprise of a building plan • To identify items that is essentially to be kept with Greater Noida Authority and those which can

be kept flexible. • Setting of realistic norms and development of certain standard building designs which could be

made available on payment. • Setting up of mobile squads for inspection and system of receipt of complaint/report. • Parking policy for residential parking to prevent blocking of roadsand subroads.

7.2.2.3 Transport Network development comprising of air, rail and road. • Extension of air services like tie up with air service providers. • Connection with Metro Rail of Delhi • Connection with major railway stations like Delhi, Ghaziabad etc. • City bus service, local permits, chartered bus service etc. • Connection with DTC, UPSRTC, RTC etc. • Terminals and depots designs and their setting up in time to be ensured. • Bus stop designing with provision for hawkers. • Taxi and autorichskaw service e.g. to be all CNG only, carriageway to be earmarked for different

services. • Plan of short distance travel e.g. rickshaws, decision onidentification of traffic streets,

introduction of new design, total banetc.

7.2.2.4 Environment protection and Pollution Control • Social forestry to prevent soil erosion • Identify areas of focus • Strategy of management of each area 7.2.2.5 Telecommunications and Postal Services • Setting up adequate no of post offices • Planning of enough facilities for telephone connections • Cyber services including cafes

7.2.2.6 Water Supply and Sewerage • Realistic assessment of demand and availability • Derive augmentation


• Work backwards on PERT to provide for adequate supply • Private participation planning for water supply and sewer maintenance. • Earmarking of site for capital water treatment and sewage treatmentplants for Greater Noida.

7.2.2.7 Solid Waste Management • Identifying technologies that are available and which can be used for solid waste management. • Site identification for land fills etc. • Provision of community/industrial incinerators etc. • Promotion of biodegradable waste collection and its recycling.

7.2.2.8 Security • Neighborhood watch scheme • Registration of domestic servants • Special assistance cell for senior citizens. • Enough no of police stations/posts to be planned and follow up with UP Police for manning them.

7.2.2.9 Education • Planning for primary, secondary, college and vocational education in private as well as state

owned sector • Assessment of requirement, earmarking of sites follow up for theirsetting up in time.

7.2.2.10 Recreation • Development of clubs, fitness centres, swimming pools, community centres, libraries, band

stands, cinema, multiplex, theatres etc.

7.2.2.11 Health care facilities • Assessment of requirement in private and public sectors • Identification of sites and follow up for timely setup • Special provision of facilities for EWS and Greater Noida residentsand a monitoring system for

this be developed.

7.2.2.12 Landscaping and greenery development with special emphasis onflowers, fountains and social forestry shall be done.

• Landscape Master Plan to be developed. • Recreational greens to be set up • Theme parks • Predominant flowering trees and shrubs in different areas to be used for naming sectors. • Providing a unique ambience for a relaxed lifestyle • Traffic quieting devices to be planned and implemented. • Provision of open spaces, walkways etc. • Road furniture and siganges’ management.


• To be road user friendly. • Special emphasis for senior citizens and children • Development of Neighbourhood Management Council as awatchdog and helper 7.3 Physical Feature within & around site

The key physical features of the structure and design of the Development Plan are as follows:- • General topography is flat except certain local depression in North East of Surajpur Kasna

road, susceptible to flooding in rains • Terrain is generally plain with gradual slope that varies between 0.1-0.2% from north-east

to south-west. • Maximum altitude of 212 m amsl occurs near Milk Lachchhi Village • Minimum altitude of 192 m amsl occurs near confluence point of River Yamuna & Hindon

in south. PROTECTED FORESTS • Gulistanpur PF Block

• Rampur Jagir PF Block • Mursheedpur PF Block • Amarpur PF Block

WATER BODIES/WETLAND • Wetland area around Lohia Lake • Lohia Rivulet • Various Ponds

Concerns addressed in the development plan

1. The river Hindon is a major ecological resource which is being conserved and will have more plantations and organized green areasall along Hindon river front.

2. The reserve forest cover in the North is the major ecological resource which will be conserved. Some parts of this reserve forest arepresently degraded and an upgradation scheme would be taken upactively to improve the ecological balance and protection of the wildlife.

3. The concept of inter-flowing green spaces as in Chandigarh, and in Delhi Master Plan, has also been provided in GNA as a continuouslung-space which will ultimately connect to local level open spacesystem to be shown as part of detailed development plans.

In addition to the industrial and residential areas the important features ofthis complex would be the large areas devoted to regional recreationalactivities such as ornamental Garden, Recreational, Botanical, Zoological Theme and Amusement Parks and River Front.


7.4 Slopes/ Levels with reference to roads and surrounding development The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The rivulets, nalas, surface water bodies etc form an integral part of any landform and help in effectively draining off the area. Retaining these natural features in the development plan can help to achieve a city thatsupports an intelligently planned physical infrastructure.

Fig 7.2: General Slope Profile-Gautam Buddh Nagar

7.5 Drainage pattern of the surrounding area

The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon inthe west. The drainage system has been designed accordingly. Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas. The Drainsare being constructed alongwith the development of sectors. Slope showing the drainage pattern is shown in the above figure.


• GNIDA proposes interception drains and garland system for groundwater recharge for the

wetlands and protect them by declaring them as Natural Conservation Zones in Master Plan 2021.

• Main drains have been designed as covered brick drains considering rainfall intensity of 1hr. duration-1.65’’ /hr (= 40mm/ hr).

• Lohia Nala collects water from south central parts of G.N and drains it into the Lohia Lake • Storm water from southern part is collected through Hindon Rivulet which confluences

with Hindon River at the southern end of G.N • Bhuria Nala joins the Yamuna downstream of the notified area of G.N and drains entire

area south of Lohia Lake • Dasna drain collects storm water from northern part of the area and outfalls in Hindon river. • Lohia rivulet transverses through the Greater Noida Township serving as natural drainage

system. This rivulet is proposed to be developed and conserved as a landscape features.

7.6 Environmental Liabilities- Low lying/ flood prone areas The city of Greater Noida is in close proximity to river Hindon and Yamuna. The general topography of Greater Noida is flat except certain local depression in North East of Surajpur Kasna road, susceptible to flooding in rains. The threat of flood in case of heavy monsoons cannot be avoided; hence, flood control measures such as Bandha of Hindon River were taken.Allabas bund and Atta bund has been constructed to protect the city from flooding. 7.7 Existing Hazardous Industries

Classification of Industries

Delhi Pollution Control Committee has issued the consents to the industries to run in the conforming areas of Delhi. Consents were issued only to those Industries that are falling under Green and Orange Category.

Industries under Red Categories:

All hazardous/noxious/heavy and large industries, as indicated in MPD-2001 and as added/amended by Central Pollution Control Board and accepted by Supreme Court for the purpose of categorization/identification of various industries under H(a) and H(b) category shall fall under RED category. Industries under Red Category shall not be permitted to operate in the jurisdiction of NCT of Delhi.

List of Negative Industries (Red Category)

1. Smelter Process (Aluminum, Copper, Lead & Zinc) 2. Distillery 3. Dyes & Dyes Intermediate


4. Foundry, Cupola Furnace, Arc Furnace, Introduction Furnace & other Furnaces 5. Tanneries (Vegetable/ Chrome) 6. Pulp & Paper 7. Bone Mills & Allied Industries 8. Stone Crushing


8. Water Environment

8.1 Source & Quality At present, the source of water supply is ground water. The area is dividedinto water supply zones, and a system of tubewells, overhead tanks andtrunk and other supply lines have been developed as per the Master Plan. Industrial area, is now being provided water supply system as per newIndustrial policy. 85 cusec Ganga water supply shall be available fromUpper Ganga Canal to supplement the ground water source for meeting thefuture needs for which work has been implementing by M/s U.P.R.N.N and GNIDA and proposed to be completed in a period of 3 years.

Ground water availability: Ground water is an important source of water supply in most of the citiesacross the country. Unfortunately most of the ground water aquifers inthese cities are depleting at an alarming rate due to over exploitation anddecrease in recharge supporting areas. Hence, location of the urbanisablearea and strategic distribution of landuses can play a pivotal role inarresting these depleting levels. The availability of ground water and location of recharge areas have been considered while locating thelanduses. 8.2 Total Requirement and Status of Water Supply

a. Water Demand: Projected fresh water demand upto 2021 is based on expected population 12.7 Lacs upto 2021, however as per density increase in light of direction given by NCRPB while granting NOC for GNIDA MP – 2021. Condituions given by NCRPB: “In order to achieve the targeted population and density as per the Regional Plan-2021 for NCR, density levels may be increased by various measures like increase in FAR, creating condutive climate for industrial/ economic activities and integration of the DMIC projects and improved connectivity.” Accordingly redensification has been proposed and expected population proposed for 2031 is apprx. 30 Lacs for which the revision in the EMP have to be made in future.

Table 8.1: Projected Fresh Water Requirement upto 2021

S.N Particulars Rate of water supply Water Demand (MLD)

1. Urban* Water Requirement Rate of fresh water supply – 225 lpcd for 12.7 lacs population

285.75

2. Industrial Water Requirement

Rate of fresh water supply 45 litres per sqm of industrial area

171.50


3. Total Fresh Water Requirement

Urban* & Industrial 457.25

*Urban= Residential/ Institutional/ Commercial

Table 8.2: Projected Recycled Water Requirement upto 2021

S.No. Type of Use Use Water Demand (MLD)

1. Domestic Flushing* 86

2. Non- Domestic

Recycled Water for low end uses

Horticulture (Minimum of 3,579.80 Ha + Individual unit green area)/ irrigation, fields, parks, road side plantations, green belts, golf courses, lawns (Non Monsoon only)

5

CSTP Water for Construction/ Curing 5 Cooling water, Road washing, fire fighting, artificial lakes & other miscellaneous uses

5

3. Total Recycled Water Required 101 (Non-monsoon) 96 (Monsoon)

*Note: 30% of total domestic water requirement will be met from STP (tertiary treated water as per CPCB norms for reuse)

b. Water Supply The Master Plan for water supply has been prepared and the salient features of Plan are as follows—

1. Water demand has been calculated based on the saturation density (ultimate population) proposed in Greater Noida Master Plan. Per capita water demandhas been considered 225 lpcd + 20% unaccounted.

2. Total water requirement catering to domestic and industrial uses for 12.7 lakhs population is envisaged as 458 MLD. Water requirement projected for area under Phase-I (2001) is 64 MLD, Phase II (2011) is 85 MLD and Phase-III (2021) is 124 MLD.

3. Initially source of water supply is from tubewells tapping underground water.Ultimately a perennial source of water will be Ganga Water from Upper GangaCanal. 85 cusec Ganga Water has aheading been allotted to GNIDA by UP Govt. The project has been taken up by UPRNN & GNIDA.

4. The Plan Area has been divided in different water supply zones and provision of water supply i.e. distribution networks, tubewells, rising mains, overhead tanks/under ground


reservoir have been made accordingly. In each zone, one zonal central water reservoir of 4 hours capacity has been proposed near overhead tanks.

5. Minimum terminal pressure at service connection is 17.0 m and disinfection by chlorination will be done at source. Mode of water supply will be continuous (7days x 24 hours). Provision of 52 nos. tubewells has been taken in Phase-III (2011-2021).

6. At the time of Ganga Water availability the tubewell supply shall be closed.Tubewell supply shall be made at the time of closure of canal at the time of maintenance or for other reasons.

8.3 Water Balance

Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Non- Monsoon

URBAN FRESH WATER 200MLD

Horticulture/ irrigation, fields, parks, road side

plantations, green belts, golf courses, lawns

5 MLD

INDUSTRIALWATER 171.5 MLD

RECYCLED WATER

101 MLD

WASTEWATER GENERATED = 230 MLD

CSTP=257 MLD

Cooling water, Road washing, fire fighting, artificial lakes &

other miscellaneous uses5 MLD

101 MLD

After 10% losses= 207 MLD

INDUSTRIAL FRESH WATER

171.5MLD

DOMESTIC WATER 286 MLD

@80% of domestic water

@100% of Industrial water after onsite ETP treatment

CETPCSTP WATER for

Construction/ Curing5 MLD

Tertiary Treated Water

Water Bodies

106 MLD

Seco

ndar

y Tr

eate

d W

ater

= 10

6 M

LD

Flushing Water86 MLD

Fig 8.1: Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Non Monsoon


URBAN FRESH WATER 200MLD

INDUSTRIALWATER 171.5 MLD

RECYCLED WATER 96 MLD

WASTEWATER GENERATED = 230 MLD

CSTP=257 MLD

Cooling water, Road/ vehicle washing, fire fighting, artificial

lakes & other miscellaneous uses5 MLD

96 MLD

After 10% losses= 207 MLD

INDUSTRIAL FRESH WATER

171.5MLD

DOMESTIC WATER 286 MLD

@80% of domestic water

@100% of Industrial water after onsite ETP treatment

CETPCSTP WATER for

Construction/ Curing5 MLD

Tertiary Treated Water

Water Bodies

111 MLDSe

cond

ary

Trea

ted

Wat

er=

111

MLD

Flushing Water86 MLD

Fig 8.2: Water Balance for Master Plan 2021: Monsoon


8.5 Percentage Saving in Water

Table 8.3: Percentage Saving in Water

S. No Particulars Water Demand (MLD)

1. Industrial water requirement 172 2. Fresh water requirement 200 3. Recycled water requirement (Non-

monsoon) 101

4. Recycled water requirement (monsoon)

96

5. Total fresh water requirement 371.5 or 372 6. Total water requirement (fresh +

recycled) Non monsoon 473

7. Total water requirement (fresh + recycled) Monsoon

468

8. Percentage Saving in Water (Non-monsoon)

21.35%

9. Percentage Saving in Water (monsoon)

20.51%

Tertiary Treated Recycled

CETP

Secondary Treated

Waste

Domestic

Urban Fresh Water (Urban= Residential/ Institutional/

Industrial


9. Sewage Treatment Plan

9.1 Location, Number & Capacity of STP’s • The rate of water supply has been taken 225 lpcd (residential) & 45 KL per hectre

(industrial) and interception factor has been taken 0.80.

• The total sewage generation is estimated as 230 MLD for 12.7 lakh population.

• Capacity of existing STP is 137 MLD and it is operational and situated near village Kasna. 7 nos. STPs are proposed at different locations of Greater Noida, for future expansion.

• Total STP capacity for population as per Master Plan 2021 = (137+15+20+12+158+25) =367 MLD

• Different technologies for sewerage treatment plant have been evaluated. SBR technology for S.T.P. is adopted.

• The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control Board and shall be recycled for low end uses. Surplus treated water shall be discharged into the river and in agricultural fields.

9.2 Design & Process The following technologies were considered for designing STP in Greater Noida for Phase III (2021):

• Activated Sludge Process • UASB + Post Treatment (Final Polishing Unit or Aerated Lagoons) • Mobile Media Bed (MMB) • Waste Stabilization Ponds • Sequential batch reactor • Karnal Technology • Biological Filtration (Trickling Filter) (TF) • Moving Bed Biofilm Reactor (MBBR) • Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR)

After thorough analysis of the requirement of GNIDA, efficiency and cost of various technologies, SBR was proposed.

STP feasibility has been assessed by U.P. Jal Nigam and findings are as discussed below:

Based on need based evaluation and taking into account waste water characteristics, level of treatment required, cost, economic and future growth pattern of the city, local conditions etc. of the site, land options for new STPs have been considered and selected, to technologically bring down the waste water quality to the desired limit as per National River Conservation Directorate (NRCD, MoEF) discharge standards.


The STPs will be constructed in two phases in the year 2021 and 2031 and can be operated in modules. The treated water after treatment including disinfection can be reused for irrigation purpose or discharge into river.

As per local conditions, availability and huge cost of land, efficiency to be achieved to discharge the treated water into river Hindon and discussion with GNIDA officials, J.K Environment recommended least land requirement and to get good results, to avoid odour problems, SBR Technology to be adopted. For SBR, only 0.03 Ha land/MLD of waste water is required. The discharge for the year 2021 is 367 MLD. The land required for STP is 367 MLD x 0.03 Ha = 11.01 Ha.

Thus, in available land, the Main Pumping Station (MPS), office cum laboratory building and staff quarters for maintenance staff can be constructed.

Sequential Batch Reactor Technology (SBR) Process

SBR is a cyclic ASP technology, generally used where treated water is to be discharged in rivers, open channels etc. This technology, other than removal of BOD/ COD, also removes Nitrates.

Digestion

Thickening

SBRScreening/ Grinding

Equalization Filtration Disinfection

Effluent

Influent

To solid handling, disposal or beneficial use

Performance of SBR

Outlet: BOD < 10 mg/l COD < 50 mg/l TSS < 30 mg/l E. Coli < 60-70% removal after chlorination As the quality of treated effluent is of permissible standards, it will be discharged into river adjoin STP boundary.


Salient Features of SBR Cyclic Process are given below:

• Each cyclic ASP basin has a definable biological selector volume and operates under a variable volume with designated and different top and bottom water depths. Each basin is sequentially & automatically aerated and decanted according to adjustable but repetitive constant time cycles. The main advantage is that biological processing & solid liquid separation takes place in the same basin unlike conventional ASP that require two separate basins and a higher level of process control & operation to achieve similar outlet quality.

• All treatment mechanisms take place efficiently in a single basin as compared to two separate basins in conventional ASP.

• Cyclic ASP easily handles the variation in the flows (peak, normal & low) and does not suffer from hydraulic short circulating which is a problem in ASP.

• The system uses floor mounted diffused aeration which is much more efficient than conventional mechanical surface aerators.

• The common wall construction of cyclic ASP uses regular geometry basins resulting in reduced footprint & a much more efficient use of available land, typically of the order of 20% or more as compared to other technologies.

• Due to the use of deeper basins & the cyclical aeration sequencing, the oxygen transfer efficiency is higher and hence the process aeration & mixing of sewage is much more effective.

• Cyclic Activated Sludge Technology is designed to automatically deliver the right amount of process oxygen that is required and senses by the metabolic activity of the activated sludge mass in each cyclic ASP basin. Unlike conventional Activated Sludge Technology, the system provides the appropriate quantity of process oxygen required with a short response time & hence makes optimum use of the air blower, thereby minimizing their power consumption.

• The process is fully aerated; hence foul ordour is not generated. • The material of construction of equipments in the cyclic ASP basins is typically of stainless

steel (under water parts). Hence, the plant has a longer life with low maintenance. • The dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration in the basin is constantly monitored & forms the

basis of the control of energy use. At the end of each aeration cycle, the DO concentration is ramped up so that low DO type sludge bulking is always controlled.

• Due to recirculation of activated sludge & provision of a biological selector zone, the biomass is exposed to reaction conditions appropriate for the growth of phosphate accumulating micro-organisms which thus allows biological phosphorus removal to be achieved.


• Co-current nitrification & denitrification is achieved using cyclic ASP Technology, a factor that results in less net power use & a lower net yield as waste sludge per kg applied COD per day.

• Operation of the entire plant can be controlled through PLC system. Hence normal operation of the plant by operators is avoided.

• The process requires less skilled operational input and supervision than the conventional ASP.

SBR Technology: Treatment Steps

9.3 Use of wastes: Waste Water & Sludge

The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control Board and shall be recycled for low end uses.

• Waste water generated from residential schemes is being planned to be treated onsite in STP. GNIDA should ensure the provision of in-house STP for areas equal to or more than 2000 m2 plot area or built up areas equal to or more than 20,000 m2 (which is also a mandatory environment clearance condition).

• Tertiary treated water will be recycled within the complex for low end uses while secondary treated water would be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent to CSTP for further treatment.


• CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture and landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is not needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc.

• CSTP treated water will also be used for construction purposes, whereby, Project Proponents will obtain CSTP treated water tankers from concerned authority; abstraction of ground water and its use shall be strictly prohibited for construction purposes.

• Sludge generated from STP/CSTPs, being rich in humus, shall be used for horticultural purposes.


10. Drainage Pattern

10.1 Analysis through contour plan & slope analysis District of Gautam Budh Nagar is drained by river Yamuna and its tributaries namely- Hindon River and Bhuriya nadi. All these drainage ways flow in a southerly or southeasterly course. These streams generally follow a meandering course through narrow flood plains. The terrain has gentle slope from northwest to south-east with a gradient of 0.2 m/km. (Source: CGWB report )

The GNIDA planning area is bounded by river Hindon in the east and Yamuna in the west, both flowing southwards. Apart from these two main rivers, the area has a number of drains, which are perennial as well as non-perennial in nature. Hence, it is natural that all the drainage channels follow the northeast to southwest slope. Both Hindon and Yamuna rivers are in mature stage.The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. The drainage system has been designed accordingly. Underground drains have been planned in most of the areas. The Drains are being constructed alongwith the development of sectors. There are large numbers of ponds with significant area which form the part of the natural drainage system of the area.

10.2 Levels of existing natural drainage system including River Yamuna, River Hindon and Nalas

The general slope of the area is from eastern side towards river Hindon in the west. General slope of the area of Greater Noida is flat except local depressions and rises at no. of points. Certain local depression in North-East of Surajpur Kasna road, which are susceptible to flooding in rains, as the HFL of the Hindon is 195.83 m at the confluence of River Yamuna & Hindon. Although the area is now protected from flooding of River Hindon and River Yamuna by virtue of construction of Allabas bundha along River Hindon and Atta bundha along River Yamuna, still, water logging in the area occurs during rainy season due to non-disposal of the storm water and afflux created in the Lohia drain by flood water of these rivers.

In a linear stretch from north west to south west over a distance of 20 km, the level difference is about 10 m. Even with little undulations, a part of area is sloping towards a lake/ pond in a depressed area at north of Surajpur-Dadri road, remaining area slopes towards tail end of Lohia Nala, which emerges from above said lake, to carry spill over, as well as runoff from adjoining areas. The Lohia drain terminates in Kot escape. Both Lohia drain and Kot escape have been constructed by the Irrigation Dept. of U.P. The Lohia drain is earthen. The drains are being constructed along with the development of sectors for Phase-I & Phase II and works have been proposed to drain out the area at four points in Lohia drain/ nala and 2 points in Kot escape.

As per the original plan, the area taken into Phase-III works, divided into 2 drainage districts as per contour and natural slope available. Drainage district Zone A covers 11, 12, 13, 15, W11, W13,


W14, W141, W15, W16, W17, W18, W19, and W20 sectors. The drain water of this district will be discharged into Dasna drain at the nearest available point, from where it will go to River Hindon. At present Dasna drain is natural Kaccha drain, which will be remodeled as per the requirement to take out the drain water of the drainage district ‘A’ and proposals for the same are to be framed.

Drainage district zone B covers C1, C3, 14, 16, M1, T1, U, U1, V, W, W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W8, W9, W10 & W142. The drain water of this district will be discharged into Lohia lake, from where it will go to River Hindon through Lohia drain.

As per the revised plans, the new area is called Phase III B (New). This consists of the following sector.

The area is subdivided into 2 zones A & B. Zone A consist of Sector R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 11, 12, 13, C2, C3 and C4. The entire rain water of this area will go into Dasna drain near crossing of Ghaziabad mini highway Culvert A& Culvert B. The work of remodeling of Dasna drain is being done by GNIDA with consent of U.P. Irrigation Department. About 58 cusec of discharge is coming into it from Ghaziabad side and 32 cusec discharge of this zone will go into it.

The rest of the area comes under zone B and its discharge will go into River Hindon from the drain proposed near STP. The effluent of STP will also go through it.

In this area, the concept of water harvesting and recharging of underground water has been taken, which will improve the position of subsoil water of the entire area.

10.3 Highest Flood Levels with Identification of low lying areas & flood prone areas Greater Noida is located in close proximity to the metropolitan city of Delhi and lies along the eastern and southeastern boundaries of the Noida. The area also forms part of the Uttar Pradesh sub-region of NCR. It is an industrial city and important satellite town to Delhi, located on Delhi-Uttar Pradesh border, situated between the River Yamuna and the River Hindon (TCPO 1992). The area also forms part of the Uttar Pradesh sub-region of NCR.

The terrain of the area is generally plain with an average elevation of 200 meters above mean sea level (MSL), having a gradual slope varying between 0.2–0.1% from northeast to southwest. Flooding of the area is prevented due to the construction of the embankment along the rivers Yamuna and Hindon. However, the general low level of the site is a constraint for effective storm water and sewage disposal. For this reason the general sanitary and hygienic condition of the area is relatively poor. The soil is mostly silt, deposited over a large span of time (Das and Kant 1980,Gupta 2000, Zheng et al. 2008). Silt composition makes it difficult for the rainwater to percolate through. It induces void’s shrinkages, thereby decreasing the percolation. The underground water is saline and its mineral contents are high. Existing flood protection measures do not save the area from extreme floods. As the area is low-lying and almost flat, one cannot


neglect the local flooding scenario that may occur in G. Noida. The area has been experiencing floods of various magnitudes in the past due to floods in the drainage system of the River Yamuna and Hindon. The River Yamuna crossed its danger level (fixed at 204.83m) 25 times during the last 33 years (Singh and Singh 2007). Since 1900, it has experienced nine major floods in the years 1924, 1947, 1976, 1978, 1988, 1995, 1999, 2005 and 2010 when the peak level of the Yamuna River was more than a meter or above. The River Yamuna crossed the danger level of206.93 m at Hindon Cut (2.66m above the danger level) during the flood occurred on September1995. The second record peak of 208.20 m was on 27 October 2010. In the recent past, the high magnitude floods caused misery, loss of life and property to the residents of the low lying areas. The climate of the area is monsoonal. The temperature ranges between 3° to 46°C, and average rainfall is approximately 714 mm/annum, over 80% of which falls during the monsoon. July and August are the wettest months, receiving about 60% of the monsoon season rainfall.


11. Rain Water Harvesting

11.1 Depth of Ground Water Table

The thick unconsolidated sediments occur up to the explored depth of 352.0m in the area. The underlying basement comprising Delhi Quartzite has been reported to 10 be encountered at 116.4m depth at Brijbihar Exploratory borehole, 330.0 m at Tila moth and 325.0 m depth at Rajendra Nagar boreholes in Ghaziabad district (Singh & Srivastava, 1995). The alluvial deposits occur in Ganga - Yamuna Doab area comprises an aquifer system form good repository of ground water that occur in granular zones constituted of fine to coarse sand and occasional gravel. Thick clay beds inter lying with sand act as confining layers and separate the aquifers. The thickness of the unconsolidated sediments progressively increases towards east. 11.1.1 Occurrence of Ground Water:

Ground water occur under Phreatic conditions in shallow aquifers down to the depth of 100 mbgl, in intermediate and deeper aquifers it occurs under confined to semi-confined conditions. 11.1.2 Depth to water level:

To monitor the nature of water level and its behavior, ground water monitoring well established in the district are being monitored four times in a year. Pre-monsoon and post-monsoon water level data are collected during May and November months respectively. Depth to water level maps for pre-monsoon and post monsoon periods (Plate-4 & 6) have revealed that the entire area can be divided into different zones on the basis of depth to water ranges. Fairly a large area has shallow to moderate depth to water conditions. Water level in phreatic aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40 m bgl during pre-monsoon period whereas it ranges from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post monsoon period (Annexure- V). Water levels greater than 9m bgl occur in most of the non-command areas of the district. Some isolated patches deeper water levels occur in east of Jhajhar (Dankaur Block) and Dadri area. Deeper water levels (> 9 mbgl) also occur along Yamuna river which perhaps indicate that the water levels are deepening toward river thus forming the river effluent in nature. 11.1.3 Seasonal Water level fluctuation:

The seasonal water level fluctuation has been computed from the water level data obtained from the GWM wells monitored in the area during pre-monsoon & post-monsoon period. Fluctuation in water level is outcome of mainly the amount of rainfall received by the area & ground water draft taken from the ground water reservoir. Besides many other factors viz. base flow of rivers,


evaporation losses, 11 seepage from canal etc. also control the inflow and outflow of ground water. Majority of wells show water levels elevated during post monsoon period, the rise in water levels range between 0.12 to 3.69m. In some wells however, further decline in water levels have been reported during post monsoon period in the range of 2.76 to .09m. It transpires that such areas have moderate to low recharge over the ground water draft during the period. 11.1.4 Long Term Water Level Trend:

Long term Water level trend analysis of pre-monsoon and post monsoon data of seven (7) CGWB, NHS (Period from 1977 to 2006) reveal that out of seven wells considered, three wells situated in Jewar, Dankaur and Dadri locality show declining trends during pre to post monsoon period which attributed to the fact that most of these area are semi-urban centers which are heavily depend on ground water for catering domestic as well as irrigation needs. 11.1.5 Hydrogeological Characteristics of Aquifer:

The ground water structures constructed in the top shallow aquifer are minor irrigation structures like dug well, dug cum bore wells and shallow tubewells. The State Government has constructed various tube wells down to a depth of 80m to as much as 350 mbgl. The aquifer parameters have been determined at various places. The discharge of these structures generally ranges between 8 to 16 lps with moderate drawdown of 3 to 6m, however, a few wells have yielded exceptionally as high as 500 lps. The coefficient of transmissivity has been determined at Tugalpur Haldona is 1759 m2/day and storage coefficient of 4.84×10-4 A total seven piezometer, down to 50m depth and one exploratory well at Allabas have been constructed by CGWB so far in the district. The shallow (50m deep) piezometers constructed show 82 to 100 lpm discharge. 11.2 Soil Characteristics &Permeability Gautam Budh Nagar district, a part of Ganga-Yamuna Doab in the vicinity of River Yamuna, forms almost a monotonous plain with occurrence of sand dunes, sandy ridges, ravenous tracts and depressions close to the river system of Yamuna. At places, close to river ravines are developed in the form of narrow gullies on land surface due to excessive erosion by surface runoff. Ravines form a bad land topography along Hindon and Bhuriya Nadi between Bisrakh and Dankaur areas and also in Jhajhar area. Lenses and beds of Kankar are seen exposed and forms mounds or pinnacles. The soil ranges from pure sand to stiff clays and including all combination of the two extreme litho units. The pure sand is called Bhur and clay is called Matiar. The mixture of sand and clay in equal proportion forms Dumat or loam, a good agriculture soil. Several subcategories of Dumat are


possible depending upon the contents of clay and sand. The bad land patches (Kallor) which are ingested with Reh at places do not support any vegetation growth. Alluvial soils occurring in flood plain of rivers is called Kemp which yield good crops. Kankars invariably associated with clay and at times retards ground water movement. Water level in phreatic aquifer ranges from 3.35 to 14.40 m bgl during pre-monsoon period whereas it ranges from 2.00m to 13.95 mbgl during post monsoon period.

Fig 11.1: Soil Profile of Gautam Buddha Nagar

11.3 Storm water drainage The Master Plan for Storm Water has been prepared and the salient features of the plan are as follows— ♦ In the area proposed for phase-I & II, the ground is sloping from North-east to South-west, therefore the drainage net work is proposed from North-east to South-west direction and all drains are connected with the existing Hawalia drain which is ultimately discharging into River Hindon. Drainage of Phase –III area is proposed to be discharged in Dasna drain and Hawalia drain through Lohiya lake. ♦ Main drains have been designed as covered brick drains considering rainfall intensity of 1hr. duration-1.65** /hr. occurring once in 2 years, time of concentration – 1 hr, average runoff coefficient – 0.30, average runoff – 0.50 cusecs/acre. However flooding of roads for an hour or so may be allowed and drains designed for a runoff of 0.50 cusecs/acre.


♦ Internal drains are proposed pipe drain where required gradient is available or otherwise covered brick drain. Internal drains have been designed considering rainfall intensity of 30 min. duration 2.5** /hr. occurring once in 2 years, time of concentration – 30 min, average runoff coefficient – 0.30, average runoff – 1.5 cusecs/acre. However flooding of roads for an hour or so may be allowed and drains designed for a runoff of 1.0 cusecs/acre. ♦ In the Master plan, ground water recharging structure are also proposed for phase-III, one pond with infiltration well is proposed in each sector and 30% of storm water is proposed of be recharged. The guidelines for Rainwater Harvesting have been prepared as part of Drainage Master Plan and the salient features are as follows—

♦ In the Master Plan 2021 about 25% area has been planned under Green area. In greenareas, though water is recharged naturally, Greater Noida has also made suitablerecharge pits. Mainly two types of bore/recharge pits have been provided which arecapable to take care of 750 m2and 4500 m2 catchment area.

♦ Apart from provision of green belts other suitable measures have been adopted by Greater Noida for rainwater harvesting at City level. The ponds already existing in thearea have been identified and are being conserved and maintained properly withoutdisturbing its originality. Enhancing of ponds capacity by desilting/digging andplantation work around different ponds is being done by Greater Noida Authority.

♦ At household level Rainwater harvesting has been made mandatory for plots having anarea more than 100m2.Suitable arrangements are being made by allottees to taprainwater via roof by channelising the clean water to rainwater recharging pits provideddepending on the size of plots. In bigger plots industrial, commercial complexes, institutional, group housing etc also rain water harvesting has been made mandatory in Building Regulations.

In GNIDA area, the following ground water recharge methods are proposed:

1. Ponds with infiltration wells: 1 in each village, near water extraction source and parks.Size of ponds: 100 x 100 m (5 no. of infiltration wells)

2. Roof top RWH/ Recharge trench 3. Open/ bore well method 4. Percolation Pit method


12. Solid Waste Management 12.1 Solid Waste Generation

Management of solid waste in GNIDA is proposed on the basic aspect of waste management act and rule notified by Government of India from time to time.According to these legislature while the management of non-hazardous domestic waste is the joint responsibility of the citizens and the local government, the management of commercial, industrial and hazardous waste is the responsibility of the waste generators like commercial establishments, healthcare establishments, industries and the pollution control boards.

S.No. Content

1. Guideline For E-Waste Management

2 e-waste(Management and Handling) Rules, 2011

3 Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001

4 Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998

5 Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) (Amendment) Rules, 2003

6 Municipal Solid Wastes {Management and Handling) Rules 2000

7 Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2013

8 Recycled Plastics Manufacture and Usage (Amendment) Rules, 2003

9 Plastic Wastes {Management and Handling) (Amendment) Rules, 2011

10 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008

11 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and Transboundary Movement) Amendment Rules, 2009.

12 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and Transboundary Movement) Second Amendment Rules, 2009.

13 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and Transboundary Movement) Third Amendment Rules, 2010.

14 Hazardous Wastes (Management. Handling and Transboundary Movement) Fourth Amendment Rules, 2010.


Table 12.1: Projected Solid Waste Generation

S. No. Description Data During Construction Phase 1. Per capita SW generation 0.5 kg per capita per day 2. Total estimated Population 12,700,000 3. Total waste generation 700 Ton/day 4. Considering the fraction of bio-degradable

waste as 45 % of total SW generated, total quantity of bio-degradable waste expected (for composting)

315 Ton/day

Table 12.2: Characteristics and frequencies of waste generated

S.I. Activity / Area

Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics

Frequency

Development & Construction Phase 1 Site

Preparation Earth / Solid waste

Solid waste from construction activity and excavation.

Periodic

2 Labour welfare Camps

Solid Waste Solid Waste generated from temporary labour camps on site

Temporary during the initial construction phase

Functional Phase 3 Maintenance /

Housekeeping Solid waste Kitchen, household and

garden wastes Biodegradable &Continuous

Hazardous waste

Paints, emulsions, oil & biomedical

Occasionally, Negligible quantities

e-waste Softwares & hardwares Continuous 4 Diesel

generators Hazardous Waste

Used Oil Generation Occasional during oil changes

5 Hospitals Biomedical waste

Used needles, Periodic

12.2 Waste and its Management 12.2.1 Solid Waste Management at GNIDA will be divided in to following parts:

• Different types of Waste collection (Primary and Secondary) • Segregation of waste • Transportation of waste • Management of organic waste • Methodical disposal of waste as recommended by various Acts and guidelines / rules. • Sweeping of main roads, internal roads, open and green areas


The objective of Solid Waste Management is to maintain clean and hygienic conditions and reduce the quantity of SW, which has to be disposed of in Sanitary Landfill Facility (SLF) after recovery of waste materials and energy from it based on 3 R’s Concept. 12.2.2 Population Generating Solid Waste The Residential colonies, Industrial and Commercial establishment of the G. Noida will be located on the left bank of the Hindon River. Projected population of G. Noida in 2021 is 12.7 lacs. In addition to this, lot of visitors, floating population and workers visit every day for commercial and Industrial purposes. This floating population may also generate Solid Waste. Number of labourers during construction period will be quite high which will create slums and after the commissioning of the project the population will reduce substantially. 12.2.3 Total Solid Waste to be generated The quantity of waste generated in Indian cities reported to be in the range of 0.2-0.6 kg/capita /day as per the “Manual on Solid Waste Management” prepared by Central Public Health & Environment Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO), Ministry of Urban Development, Govt. of India. As the major share of the population is middle and upper middle class in G. Noida, the waste generation factor of 0.5 kg/capita/day has been taken into consideration, however on an average the overall quantities will be less than this as the actual population of G. Noida in 2011 was 107,676 against the projected population of 6.6 lacs.

12.2.4 Administrative Set Up Administratively, a Solid Waste Management Committee (SWMC) comprising of the project representatives will look after the management of solid waste. The SWMC may comprise of the following:

- In-charge of civil works, at least of the rank of Senior Manager/Manager - Engineer/Environment Officer - Supervisors/JEs - Representative from project hospital - Representative from project school

The SWMC will be supported by sanitary workers, sweepers etc., the number of which may be decided by the SWMC after assessing the work requirement.

12.3 Solid Waste Management Plan An ideal solid waste management system works on four basic principles viz. segregation through system of bins & primary storage at the source, collection, transportation, treatment & disposal.


12.3.1 Municipal solid waste management Greater Noida Authority built a plant of RDF pallet formation and composting in village Astoli

area of Greater Noida. Every day, the city produces over 150 tonnes of municipal waste. It is

proposed to have a state-of-the-art municipal solid waste (MSW) management system for the city

with modern imported equipment for fuel-to-energy and composting. Recycling facility will be

semi-mechanized.The system will be having these facility:

• Segregation

• RDF pallet formation and composting

• Landfill site

• 330ft-wide green belts

• Surveillance facility

• Treated water will be used to irrigate the buffer zone of trees

Waste-to-energy (WTE) technology is being mulled over because of the low footprint of the plant.

Around 6-7mw electricity could be generated from the quantity of MSW generated in the two

cities,

a. ExistingRegulatory System: Ministry of Environment and Forests notified the Municipal Solid Waste (Management and

Handling) Rules, in 2000 which is applicable to every municipal authority responsible for

collection, segregation, storage, transportation, processing and disposal of municipal solid wastes

in the country. The MSWM Rules stipulate specifications source segregation, collection,

transportation, waste processing, disposal and others.


b. Classification of Household waste

Fig 12.1: Classification of Household waste

Table 12.3: Waste Characterisation

Types Wet waste(Biodegradable)

Dry waste (Non-biodegradable)

Hazardous waste

Example • Kitchen waste including food waste of all kinds, cooked and uncooked, including eggshells and bones

• Flower, trimmings and fruit waste including juice peels and house-plant waste

• Garden sweeping or yard waste consisting of green/dry leaves

• Sanitary wastes

• Paper and plastic, all kinds

• Cardboard and cartons • Containers of all kinds

excluding those containing hazardous material

• Packaging of all kinds • Glass of all kinds • Metals of all kinds • Rags, rubber • House sweeping (dust

etc.)

• Aerosol cans • Batteries • Cleaning

chemicals • Chemical and

solvents and their empty container

• Insecticides and their empty containers

• Light bulbs, tube-lights and compact fluorescent lamps (CFL)

• Paints, oils, lubricants, glues,


• Green waste from vegetable & fruit vendors/shops

• Waste from food & tea stalls/shops etc.

• Ashes • Foils, wrappings,

pouches, sachets and tetra packs (rinsed)

• Discarded electronic items from offices, colonies viz. cassettes, computer diskettes, printer cartridges and electronic parts.

• Discarded clothing, furniture and equipment

thinners • Pesticides and

herbicide • Biomedical waste

Color of Container / bag

Green Blue Black

Capacity 10 liters 10-12 liters 5-10 liters

c. Systems for collection of waste

• Door to door collection system • Time schedule will be maintained • Provision of bell or whistle to avoid the lead time in collection. • Closed vehicle for collection • Separate containers for waste in collecting vehicles to avoid any mix up. • Adequate no. of sweepers/ waste collector as per the density population residing. • Procurement of propertools for the sweepers / waste collector. • Open drains will be scheduled for cleaning in thrice in a month and closed drain will be

cleaned quarterly. • Connecting drain will be cleaned on daily basis. • Silt removal and transportation will be scheduled along with drain cleaning. • The community bins of size 0.5 m3 are to be lifted manually and unloaded into the

containers kept in the transportation vehicles .Transportation vehicles will be covered. • The shortest possible and straight route to the site earmarked for village Astoli. • Supervisor of the company who will be hired for waste handling will be responsible for

proper disposal. He will take care for ceremonial dumping of waste to the proper place. However, the waste in tractor trolley has to be covered with LDPE sheet during its transport.


d. Treatment & Disposal of Waste With the implementation of source segregation and door-to-door collection system, processing of the waste would be easier. SWMC shall invite interested parties who can take the segregated waste and establish suitable waste processing plant (Composting Plant). The rejects from the processing plant and non-recyclable and other wastes would be disposed off in sanitary landfill facility. The quantity of total Solid Waste has been estimated in Table 12.4

Table 12.4: Quantities of SW & Biodegradable Waste S. No. Description Data During Construction Phase 5. Per capita SW generation 0.5 kg per capita per day 6. Total estimated Population 12,700,000 7. Total waste generation 700 Ton/day 8. Considering the fraction of bio-degradable

waste as 45 % of total SW generated, total quantity of bio-degradable waste expected (for composting)

315 Ton/day

In GNIDA for biodegradable part of Solid Waste, a modular Composting Plant is proposed to be planned. The final products are nitrogen-rich manure, to be used on gardens, and methane gas, which can be used for heating or electricity.

e. Measures for Improving Solid Waste Management System

1. Refuse, Reduce, Reuse and Recyclewaste. 2. Refusal of all the material thatcannot be reused and recycled. Reduction of plastic waste

by use of newspaper bags, ands jute, cotton bags. All the waste that can be recycled will be given to the appropriatevendors.

3. The GNIDA will take sufficient precautions for developing system for sewage treatment in the labour and worker colonies. The project authorities will ensure proper waste disposal by adopting various disposal methods like incineration, composting, etc.

4. Sweeping of Streets, Public Spaces & Drain Cleaning.

12.3.2 Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous waste is any unwanted material the disposal of

which poses a threat to the environment, i.e. it is explosive, flammable, oxidising, poisonous/infectious, radioactive, corrosive and/or toxic/ecotoxic.Hazardous wastes, which may be in solid, liquid or gaseous form, may cause danger to health or environment, either


alone or when in contact with other wastes. Hazardous wastes can be identified by the characteristics that they exhibit viz., ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity.

a. Existing Regulatory Framework: The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989, notified under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and subsequent amendments in 2000, 2003, 2008 and 2009 as the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, regulate management of hazardous wastes generated within the country as well as export/import of such wastes. These rules refer to effective management of hazardous waste, mainly solids, semi-solids and other industrial wastes, which do not c ome under the purview of Water and Air Act (Prevention and Control of Pollution).

Type of Hazardous Wastes Recyclable Hazardous Wastes

Incinerable Hazardous Wastes

Landfill Hazardous Wastes

Batteries Bionedical waste Pesticides The processes of inventorisation of hazardous wastes generating industries and quantification of hazardous wastes in G. Noida are in progress. The coverage of hazardous wastes as per MoEF Notification issued on 24th September, 2008 includes: • Wastes listed in Column 3 of Schedule I • Wastes having constituents listed in Schedule II, if their concentration is equal to or more than

the limit indicated in the said schedule • Wastes listed in List ‘A’, and ‘B’ of Schedule III (Part-A) applicable only in case(s) of

import and export of hazardous wastes in accordance with to Rules 12, 13 and 14 if they possess any of the hazardous characteristics listed in Part-B of Schedule III.

b. Storage facilities • The storage area will have a proper containment system with a collection area to collect and

remove any leak, spill or precipitation • No open storage will be permissible and the designated hazardous waste storage area will have

proper enclosures, including safety requirements • The waste collector / transporter shall collect six copies of the manifest as per the colour codes

indicated below: Ø Copy 1 (White) Forwarded to the Pollution Control Board by theindustrial unit


Ø Copy 2 (Light yellow) Signed by the transporter and retained by theindustrial unit Ø Copy 3 (Pink) Retained by the operator of the landfill site Ø Copy 4 (Orange) Returned to the transporter by the operator of thelandfill site after

accepting waste Ø Copy 5 (Green) Forward to Pollution Control Board by theoperator of landfill site after

disposal Ø Copy 6 (Blue) Returned to the industrial unit by the operator oflandfill site after disposal

• Proper stacking and labeling of drums with wooden frames will be practiced • Incase of spills/leaks, cotton will be used for cleaning instead of water • Signboards showing precautionary measures to be taken in case of normal and emergency

situations will be displayed at appropriate locations. • Manual operations with in storage area are will be avoided to the extent possible. In case of

personnel use, proper precautions will be taken, particularly during loading /unloading of liquid hazardous waste in drums

c. Transportation Requirement • Vehicle used for transportation will be in accordance with the provisions under the Motor

Vehicles Act, 1988, and rules made there under. • Valid authorization from the concerned SPCB/PCC for transportation of wastes by the

waste generator and operator of a facility and Pollution under Control Certificate” (PUCC) during the transportation of HW written “hazardous waste” with symbol.

• Mechanical handling equipment • ̇Emergency phone numbers and TREM Card in Form 10 of HW (M&H) Rules, 1989 and

as amended shall be displayed properly. • Vehicle will be fitted with roll-on/roll-off covers • Each vehicle will carry first-aid kit, spill control equipment and fire extinguisher. • HW transport vehicle shall run only at a speed specified under Motor Vehicles Act in order

to avoid any eventuality during the transportation of HW. • Driver(s) shall be properly trained for handling the emergency situations and safety aspects

involved in the transportation of hazardous wastes. • The design of the trucks shall be such that there is no spillage during transportation

Recommendation for Industries • Standards Operating Procedures (SOPs) for Handling, Storage, Collection and Transportation

should be displayed. • Implementation and Certification of OHSAS: 18001 2008 (Occupational Health & safety

Assessment Series) and ISO: 14001 2004 (EMS) at site.


• Identification of plausible Hazard and hazardous Substances associated with Industries. • Mitigation Measures based on Primary Hazard Analysis (PHA) and Consequence analysis. • Comprehensive study and analysis of HIRA model (Hazard Identification and Risk Analysis

(HIRA) or HAZOP (Hazard Operability Study) or HAZEN at site. • Preparation of Onsite Emergency Action Plan/Onsite Disaster Management Plan • Training of ISO documentation, Fire Fighting & First Aid • MOC Drill & Pep talk etc during operation at site (Construction sector) • Elaboration of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) management system

12.3.3 Construction & Demolition Waste Waste is generated at different stages of construction process like excessive cement mix or concrete left after work is over, rejection/ demolition caused due to change in design or wrong workmanship etc.

a. Table 12.5: Different type of waste generated Source Amount Example waste generation during excavation produce topsoil, clay, sand,

stone and gravel waste generation during construction 40 to 60 Kg. per sq. m • bricks and masonry

• pipes, light sheet timber and metallic instruments.

waste generation renovation/ repair work

40 to 50 kg/sq. m. • form of pipes, conduits, and light sheet material used in ventilation system, wires, and sanitary fittings and as reinforcement

• Timber waste generation demolition waste 500 & 300 kg/ sq.m • bricks and masonry

• form of pipes, conduits, and light sheet material used in ventilation system, wires, and sanitary fittings and as reinforcement


Table 12.6: Wastes produced by building construction industry

S.N Constituents Quantity of waste generated (tonnes per anum)

1. Soil, sand and Gravel 4.20 to 5.14 2. Bricks and Masonry 3.60 to 4.40 3. Concrete 2.40 to 3.67 4. Metals 0.60 to 0.73 5. Bitumen 0.25 to 0.30 6. Wood 0.25 to 0.30 7. Others 0.10 to 0.15

Source: Construction Manual, MoEF

b. Management of C& D Waste

• Separation of C&D waste will be promoted at source. • Separate storage of C&D waste for different categories of generators • Disposal of only the portion which cannot be gainfully used and • Further gainful utilization of waste will be formulized,

1. as inert fill material for low lying areas, landscaping 2. processed C&D waste for road and embankment construction 3. finer grade into blocks and slabs with appropriate binder 4. The debris generated will be sold at places requiring leveling or compaction.

12.3.4 Biomedical Waste

Common producers of biomedical waste include hospitals, health clinics, nursing homes, medical research laboratories, offices of physicians, dentists, and veterinarians, home health care, and funeral homes. The amount of infectious waste is around 25% and non infectious wastes constitute nearly 75%. In the absence of proper segregation, the non-infectious waste becomes infectious and poses environmental threat to the society. An inappropriate treatment and disposal can spread infectious diseases like tuberculosis, hepatitis, enteric fever, HIV infection, or even AIDS. a. Existing regulatory mechanism.

Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) notified Bio-medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules (BMWM Rules), in year 1998 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 for


safe handling, segregation, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of bio-medical waste generated from the Health Care Establishments (HCEs)/Health Care Facilities (HCFs). These Rules were amended in 2000 and 2003 so as to fill the gaps as felt necessary at that time. These Rules are comprehensive and have stipulated duties for every bio-medical waste generator, occupier, transporter and CTF operator to maintain source separated waste, pack, store, treat and dispose these wastes as per the laid down provisions. The State Pollution Control Board (SPCB)/ Pollution Control Committee (PCC) have been notified as the prescribed authority for implementing the provisions of these Rules in the respective States/UTs.

Table 12.7: Bio Medical Waste Disposal Color Coding Types of Container Waste Category Treatment Option Yellow Plastic Bags Human anatomical/ Animal

waste Incineration

Red Disinfected container/ Plastic Bag

Microbiology and Biotechnology, Soiled and Solid waste

Autoclaving/ Microwaving/ Chemical Treatment

Blue Plastic bag/ puncture proof container

Waste Sharps, Solid Waste Autoclaving/ Microwaving/ Chemical Treatment and Shredding

Black Plastic bag Discarded medicines and cytotoxic drugs, Incineration ash, chemical waste

Disposable secured landfill

b. Mitigative measures Mitigation measures for biomedical waste generated from hospitals shall be: • Disposal of biomedical waste should be as per Bio-medical Wastes (Management and

Handling) Rules, 1998 • Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB/CMO. • Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence. • Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters. • Introduction of Common Biomedical Waste Treatment Facility.

c. Common Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility (CBWTF) The Common Bio-medical Waste Treatment Facility (CBWTF), a set up where bio-medical waste, generated from a number of healthcare units, is imparted necessary treatment to reduce adverse effects that this waste may pose will have following facility


1. Incineration: It is a controlled combustion process where waste is completely oxidized and harmful microorganisms present in it are destroyed/ denatured under high temperature.

2. Autoclaving/ Microwaving/ Hydroclaving • Autoclaving is a low-heat thermal process where steam is brought into direct contact with

waste in a controlled manner and for sufficient duration to disinfect the wastes • In microwaving, microbial inactivation occurs as a result of the thermal effect of

electromagnetic radiation spectrum lying between the frequencies 300 and 300,000 MHz. • Hydroclaving is similar to that of autoclaving except that the waste is subjected to indirect

heating by applying steam in the outer jacket.

3. Shredder Shredding is a process by which waste are de-shaped or cut into smaller pieces so as to make the wastes unrecognizable. It helps in prevention of reuse of bio-medical waste and also acts as identifier that the waste has been disinfected and is safe to dispose off.

4. Sharp pit/ Encapsulation A sharp pit or a facility for sharp encapsulation shall be provided for treated sharps. An option may also be worked out for recovery of metal from sharps in a factory. 5. Vehicle/Container Washing Facility: Every time a vehicle is unloaded, the vehicle and empty waste containers shall be washed properly and disinfected. It can be carried out in an open area but on an impermeable surface and liquid effluent so generated shall be collected and treated in an effluent treatment plant. The impermeable area shall be of appropriate size so as to avoid spillage of liquid during washing. 6. Effluent Treatment Plant A suitable Effluent Treatment Plant shall be installed to ensure that liquid effluent generated during the process of washing containers, vehicles, floors etc. is disposed after treatment. The treated effluent shall comply with the stipulated regulatory requirements. 12.3.5 e- Waste

E-waste comprises of wastes generated from used electronic devices and house hold appliances which are not fit for their original intended use and are destined for recovery, recycling or disposal. Such wastes encompasses wide range of electrical and electronic devices such as computers, hand held cellular phones, personal stereos, including large household appliances such as refrigerators, air conditioners etc.


a. Existing Regulatory mechanism: In year 2011 e-waste (management & handling) rules, 2011 was published for managing e-waste that is seen as a major future problem, guidelines for “Environmentally Sound Management of E-waste” has been brought out suggesting treatment options and adoption of environmentally sound e-waste treatment technologies b. Types of e-waste: Environmentally sound management of e-waste means taking all steps required to ensure that e-waste are managed in a manner which shall protect health and environment against any adverse effects, which may result from hazardous substance contained insuch wastes:

1. electrical andelectronic equipment' meansequipment which isdependent on electric currents orelectro-magnetic fieldstobefullyfunctional;

2. 'e-waste'meanswasteelectrical andelectronic equipment, wholeorinpartor rejects from theirmanufacturing andrepairprocess, whichareintendedto be discarded;

c. E-waste Composition and Recycle Potential

The consumption of e-waste and its recyclable potential is specific for each appliance. In order to handle this complexity, the parts/materials found in e-waste may be divided broadly into six categories as follows:

• Iron and steel, used for casings and frames • Non-ferrous metals, especially copper usedin cables, and aluminum • Glass used for screens, windows • Plastic used as casing, in cables and for circuit boards • Electronic components • Others (rubber, wood, ceramic etc.).

Categories of electrical and electronic equipment coveredunder Schedu le 1 o f the E-waste Ru les 2011

• Telex • Telephones • Paytelephones • Cordless telephones • Cellular telephones

• Answering systems • Computers • Notepad Computers

Information technology and telecommunication equipment:

Centralised dataprocessing:

Mainframes, Minicomputers

Personal computing Personal Computers (Central Processing Unit with input and output devices) Laptop Computers(Central Processing Un~ withinputandoutputdevices) Notebook Printers including cartridges Copying equipment Electrical andelectronic typewriters


d. Recycling, Reuse and Recovery Options In the process of recycling or recovery, certain e-waste fractions act as secondary raw material for recovery of valuable items.The recycle and recovery includes the following unit operations. 1. Refurbishment and reuse: Refurbishment and reuse of e-waste has potential for those used electrical and electronic equipments which can be easily refurbished to put to its original use. 2. Recycling/ recovery of valuable materials Ferrous metals in electrical are furnaces, non-ferrous metals in smelting plants, precious metals in separating works. 3. Treatment/disposal of dangerous materials and waste Shredder light fraction is disposed of in landfill sites or sometimes incinerated (expensive), CFC’s are treated thermally, PCB is incinerated or disposed of in underground storages, Hg is often recycled or disposed of in underground landfill sites. The potential treatment disposal options based on the composition are given below:

1. Landfilling 2. Incineration

e. Environmentally sound E-waste treatment technologies Environmentally sound e-waste treatment technologies are used at three levels as described below:

1stLevel Treatment 1. Decontamination: Removal of all liquids and Gases 2. Dismantling -manual/mechanized breaking 3. Segregation of ferrous metal, non-ferrous metal and plastic

2ndLevel Treatment 1. Hammering 2. Shredding 3. Special treatment Processes comprising of

(i) CRT treatment consisting of separation of funnels and screen glass. (ii) Electromagnetic separation (iii)Eddy current separation (iv) Density separation using water

The output from the 2ndlevel treatment technology is given below:


• Ferrous metal scrap (secondary raw material) • Non ferrous metal scrap mainly copper and aluminum • Precious metal scrap mainly silver, gold, palladium • Plastic consisting ofsortedplastic, plastic withflameretardants and plastic mixture • Glass fraction (secondary raw material) • Lead (Secondary raw material)

3rdLevel E-waste Treatment

Input/ WEEE Residues

UnitOperation/Disposal/ Recycling Technique

Output

Sorted Plastic Recycling Plastic Product Plastic Mixture Energy Recovery/

Incineration Energy Recovery

Plastic Mixture with FR Incineration Energy Recovery CRT Breaking/ Recycling Glass Cullet Lead Smelting Secondary Lead Smelter Lead Ferrous metal scrap Secondary steel/ iron

recycling Iron

Non Ferrous metal Scrap

Secondary copper and aluminum smelting

Copper/ Aluminum

Precious Metals Au/ Ag separation (refining) Gold/Silver/ Platinum and Palladium

Batteries (Lead Acid/ NiMHand LiION)

Lead recovery and smelting Remelting and separation

Lead

CFC Recovery/ Reuse and Incineration

CFC/ Energy recovery

Oil Recovery/ Reuse and Incineration

Oil recovery/ energy

Capacitors Incineration Energy recovery Mercury Separation and Distillation Mercury

Role of GNIDA The GNIDA authority will play an important role as a facilitator for all types of waste:

a. It will provide a common platform for the industries for waste management related issues.

b. Identification of landfill site for disposal of hazardous waste and facilitate development of

secured landfill site.


c. The financial aspects of development and maintenance of secured landfill site will be taken

care by GNIDA by-laws.

d. It will make arrangements for ‘pick-up service’ of construction debris/waste and

subsequent transportation and disposal through private agencyGNIDA.

e. GNIDA will arrange for the taxes and fines as per their by-laws.

f. Creating awareness in residents and industries.

g. Educating people on the systems for the all segments of people living over there.

h. Regulatory body of GNIDA will formulate Guidingcharter to facilitate implementation of

these systems.

i. Collection offee and taxes and enforcement of penalty for violation.

j. Bring togetherresidents and workers for periodical review with to address issues and

concerns of various interest groups.


13. Power

13.1 Provision for Conservation & Energy Efficiency

Noida Power Company Limited distributes power in Greater Noida. The Company is a joint venture between the RP-Sajiv Goenka Group, a leading business house in India and Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority, an autonomous body of U.P. Government responsible for town planning and infrastructure development. The venture marks the strategic entry of the Group into privatized distribution of electricity in North India.

The Company started its operations in December 1993 under a 30-year license from U.P. Government.

During the operation phase of the project, electric supply will be provided from Noida Power Corporation Ltd. The development of various residential projects will put a pressure on energy resources.

• As per plan 2021, the Peak demand has been worked out to be 2080 MVA. The present peak demand of Greater Noida is 280 MVA.

To meet this peak demand total 11 Nos. 220/33KV Substations having capacity of 2X100MVA, each and 104 Nos. 33/11KV Substations shall be required to be commissioned in phases as per load demand envisaged. To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy

consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance to

the sun’s path.

• Water heating should be encouraged by using solar heaters.

• LED Street lighting should be 50% and solar lighting should be done in public area like

parks etc.

• Use of LED’s should be encouraged by providing subsidy on these lights

• Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.

• Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs

• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning.

• Replacement of diesel based gen sets with biofuel or biogas ones

• Promoting use of Solar panels for electricity generation


• Use low voltage lighting.

• Promoting awareness on energy consumption

• New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure to be in conformity to NBC,

ECBC & GRIHA building codes.

• Planned load shedding

13.2 Application of Renewable Energy In the past ten years, installation of renewable energy for electricity has grown at an annual rate of 25 per cent. It has reached 30,000 MW as of January 2014. During this period, wind power installation has grown ten times and solar energy has grown from nothing to 2,500 MW. Currently, renewable energy accounts for about 12 per cent of the total electricity generation capacity and contributes about 6 per cent of the electricity produced in the country. Renewables, therefore, produce more than twice the amount of electricity produced by all nuclear power plants in the country. In 2012-13, the electricity produced by renewables was equivalent to meeting the per capita annual electricity requirement of about 60 million people. (Down to Earth Feb’2014) Buildings should be designed to meet occupant’s need for thermaland visual comfort at reduced levels energy & resources consumption. Energyresource efficiencyin new constructionscan be effected by adopting anintegrated approach to building design. The primary steps in this approachwould be to: 1. Incorporate solar passive techniques in a building design to minimise load

onconventional systems (heating, cooling, ventilation and lighting) Passivesystems provide thermal and visual comfort by using natural energysources and sinks e.g. solar radiation, outside air, sky, wet surfaces, vegetation,internalgains etc.Energy flowsin these systems are by naturalmeanssuchas by radiation,conduction,convectionwith minimal or no use ofmechanicalmeans. Thesolar passivesystems thus,varyfrom one climatetothe other e.g.in a cold climatean architects’aim wouldbe design abuildingin such a way that solar gains are maximised,butin a hot climatehisprimaryaim wouldbe to reduce solar gains,maximise naturalventilationand so on.

2. Design energy-efficient lighting and HVAC systems (heating, ventilation andair-conditioning) Once the passive solar architectural concepts are appliedto a design,the load on conventionalsystems (HVACand lighting)isreduced.


Further,energy conservationis possible by judicious design oftheartificiallighting and HVACsystem using energy efficient equipments,controlsand operationstrategies.

3. Use renewable energy systems (solar photovoltaic systems/ solar water heatingsystems) to meet a part of building load The pressure on the earth’s non-renewable resources can be alleviated by judicious use of earth’s renewableresources i.e. solar energy. Use solar energy for meeting electrical needsfor a building can further reduce consumption of conventional forms ofenergy.

4. Use low energy materials and methods of construction and reduce transportationenergy An architect also should aim at efficient structural design, reductionof use of high energy building material(glass,steel etc.) and transportationenergy and use of lowenergy buildingsmaterials.

5. Minimise heat and maximise energy savings by selecting materials that exhibit high reflectivity and high emissivity is a good power saving option. Providing green roofs or using highly reflective materials over roof reducesthe heat island effect. Typical materials with high reflective properties include china mosaic, whitecement tiles, paints with high Solar Reflective Index (SRI) values, etc.,

The commonly considered design elements for achieving lower energy consumption in a building are as follows. Landscaping Landscaping is an important element in altering the microclimate of a place. Proper landscaping reduces direct sun from striking and heating up of building surfaces. It prevents reflected light carrying heat into a building from the ground or other surfaces. Landscaping creates different airflow patterns and can be used to direct or divert the wind advantageously by causing a pressure difference. Additionally, the shade created by trees and the effect of grass and shrubs reduce air temperatures adjoining the building and provide evaporative cooling. Properly designed roof gardens help to reduce heat loads in a building. A study shows that the ambient air under a tree adjacent to the wall is about 2 °C to 2.5 °C lower than that for unshaded areas, which reduces heat gain by conduction (www.greenbuilder.com). Trees are the primary elements of an energy-conserving landscape. Climatic requirements govern the type of trees to be planted. Planting deciduous trees on the southernside of a building is beneficial in a compositeclimate. Deciduous plants such as mulberry or Champa cut off direct sun during summer, and as these trees shed leaves in winter, they allow the sun to heat the buildings in winter. Orientation Building orientation is a significant design consideration, mainly with regardto solar radiation and wind.In predominantly cold regions, buildings should be oriented to maximizesolar gain;


the reverse is advisable for hot regions. In regions where seasonalchanges are very pronounced, both the situations may arise periodically. Fora cold climate, an orientation slightly east of south is favoured (especially 15°east of south), as this exposes the unit to more morning than afternoon sunand enables the house to begin to heat during the day. Building envelope and fenestration The building envelope and its components are key determinants of theamount of heat gain and loss and wind that enters inside. The primary elementsaffecting the performanceof a building envelopeare (a)Materials and construction techniques, (b) Roof, (c) Walls, (d) Fenestration and shading, and (e) Finishes. Roof The roof receives significant solar radiation and plays an important role in heat gain/losses, daylighting, and ventilation. Depending on the climatic needs proper roof treatment is very essential. In a hot region, the roof should have enough insulating properties to minimize heat gains. Some roof protection methods are as follows

• A cover of deciduous plants or creepers can be provided.Evaporation from leaf surfaces will keep the rooms cool.

• The entire roof surface can be covered with inverted earthen pots. It is also an insulating cover of still air over the roof.

• A removable cover is an effectiveroof-shading device. This can be mounted close to the roof in the dayand can be rolled up to permit radiative cooling at night.The upper surface of the canvas should be painted white to minimize the radiation absorbed by the canvas and consequent conductive heat gain through it.

Shading devices Heat gain through windows is determined by the overall heat loss coefficient U-value (W/m2K) and the solar energy gain factor, and is much higher as compared to that through solid wall. Shading devices for windows and walls thus moderate heat gain into the building. Shading devices are of various types: 1. Moveable opaque (roller blind, curtains, etc): These can be highly effective in reducing solar gains but eliminate view and impede air movement. 2. Louvres: May be adjustable or fixed. These affect view and air movementto some degree.


3. Fixed overhangs. Solar Water Heating Systems (Source: MNRE) We are blessed with Solar Energy in abundance at no cost. The solar radiationincident on the surface of the earth can be conveniently utilized for the benefit of humansociety. One of the popular devices that harness the solar energy is solar hot watersystem (SHWS). A solar water heater consists of a collector to collect solar energy and an insulated storage tank to store hot water. The solar energy incident on the absorber panel coatedwith selected coating transfers the hat to the riser pipes underneath the absorber panel. The water passing through the risers get heated up and are delivered the storage tank. There-circulation of the same water through absorber panel in the collector raises thetemperature to 80C (Maximum) in a good sunny day. The total system with solarcollector, storage tank and pipelines is called solar hot water system. Broadly, the solar water heating systems are of two categories. They are: closed loop system and open loop system. In the first one, heat exchangers are installed toprotect the system from hard water obtained from borewells or from freezingtemperatures in the cold regions. In the other type, either thermosyphon or forcedcirculation system, the water in the system is open to the atmosphere at one point orother. The thermosyphon systems are simple and relatively inexpensive. They aresuitable for domestic and small institutional systems, provided the water is treated andpotable in quality. The forced circulation systems employ electrical pumps to circulatethe water through collectors and storage tanks. The choice of system depends on heat requirement, weather conditions, heattransfer fluid quality, space availability, annual solar radiation, etc. The SHW systems are economical, pollution free and easy for operation in warm countries like ours. Based on the collector system, solar water heaters can be of two types. Flat Plate Collectors (FPC) based Solar Water Heaters The solar radiation is absorbed by Flat Plate Collectors which consist of an insulated outer metallic box covered on the top with glass sheet. Inside there are blackened metallic absorber (selectively coated) sheets with built in channels or riser tubes to carry water. The absorber absorbs the solar radiation and transfers the heat to the flowing water. There are 60 BIS approved manufacturers of Solar Flat Plate Collectors.


Evacuated Tube Collectors (ETC) based Solar Water Heaters Evacuated Tube Collector is made of double layer borosilicate glass tubes evacuated for providing insulation. The outer wall of the inner tube is coated with selective absorbing material. This helps absorption of solar radiation and transfers the heat to the water which flows through the inner tube. There are 44 MNRE approved ETC based solar water heating suppliers. Solar water heating is now a mature technology. Wide spread utilization of solar water heaters can reduce a significant portion of the conventional energy being used for heating water in homes, factories and other commercial and institutional establishments. Internationally the market for solar water heaters has expanded significantly during the last decade.

Fig 13.1: Flat plate collector (FPC) based solar water heater


Fig 13.2: Evacuated tube collector (ETC) based solar water heater

Salient Features of Solar Water Heating System Solar Hot Water System turns cold water into hot water with the help of sun’s rays.

• Around 60 deg. – 80 deg. C temperatures can be attained depending on solar radiation, weather conditions and solar collector system efficiency

• Hot water for homes, hostels, hotels, hospitals, restaurants, dairies, industries etc. • Can be installed on roof-tops, building terrace and open ground where there is no

shading, south orientation of collectors and over-head tank above SWH system • SWH system generates hot water on clear sunny days (maximum), partially clouded

(moderate) but not in rainy or heavy overcast day • Only soft and potable water can be used • Stainless Steel is used for small tanks whereas Mild Steel tanks with anti-corrosion

coating inside are used for large tanks • Solar water heaters (SWHs) of 100-300 litres capacity are suited for domestic

application. • Larger systems can be used in restaurants, guest houses, hotels, hospitals, industries

etc. Fuel Savings :


A 100 litres capacity SWH can replace an electric geyser for residential use andsaves 1500 units of electricity annually. Avoided uitility cost on generation

The use of 1000 SWHs of 100 litres capacity each can contribute to a peak loadshaving of 1 MW. Environmental benefits

A SWH of 100 litres capacity can prevent emission of 1.5 tonnes of carbondioxideper year. Life: 15-20 years Approximatecost: Rs.15000-20,000 for a 100 litres capacitysystemand Rs.110-150 per installed litre for higher capacity systems Payback period: 3-4 years when electricity is replaced 4-5 years when furnace oil is replaced 5-6 years when coal is replaced Though the initial investment for a solar water heater is high compared to available conventional alternatives, the return on investment has become increasingly attractive with the increase in prices of conventional energy. The pay back period depends on the site of installation, utilization pattern and fuel replaced. 13.3 Application of Energy Conservation Building Code Architectural Design § Public areas must be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning. § Maximization of use of natural lighting and achieve minimum glazing factor through

building design. § Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs. § Ensure that building envelope measures (Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), Window

Glazing U-value, and Overall Roof Assembly U-value) meet the baseline criteria of ECBC/IGBC/GRIHA.

§ Ensure that the interior, exterior, common and parking area lightening power densities (LPD) meet the baseline values through ‘building area method’ (Ref ECBC)

§ Design the building to eliminate or minimize tobacco smoke pollution in common/public areas.

§ Longest sides of the building must face towards the north-south, appropriately designed windows to ensure day lightening, double height roof, etc.


§ Design of openable areas (doors or windows), in all regularly occupied spaces of each dwelling unit providing adequate air ventilation.

§ Design of exhaust systems in kitchen and bathrooms providing adequate fresh air ventilation.

§ Adequate cross ventilation in design. § Proper landscaping reduces direct sun from striking and heating up of building surfaces. § Roadside plantation must be done. It helps in reducing heat island effect.

The U-values of the roof, external wall and fenestration of the building will meet the requirements as specified in the Energy

Table 13.1: Conservation Building Code (ECBC)

S.No. Component Material Used Permissible U-Value as per ECBC (W/m2-0C)

1 Roof Concrete 0.409 2 External wall Brick 0.44 3 Fenestration Glass Facade 3.3

Heat transfer co-efficient (in Btu/hr. sq.ft. Deg F) are as under:

• Exposed brick wall: 0.07

• Shaded slab (non insulated): 0.40

• Insulated shaded slab: 0.12

• Ceiling (non insulated): 0.48

• Ceiling (insulated): 0.12

• Floor (insulated): 0.12

• Floor (non insulated): 0.48


14. Biological Environment

14.1 Existing Flora, Fauna of the Area Floral diversity of the area- The vegetation of the area is open scrub forest and because of urbanization it is surrounded by some planted species. The dominant species are Babool (Acacia nilotica), Vilayati Babool (Prosopis juliflora), Neem (Azadirachta indica), Gulmohar (Delonix ragia), Safeda (Eucalyptus), Carrot grass (Parthenium sp.), Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Dhatura (Datura alba), Arandi (Ricinus communis), Ber (Zyziphus jujuba), Bougainvillia globra, Peepal (Ficus religiosa), Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Bottle palm(Hyophorbe lagenicaulis), Bottle brush(Callistemon citrinus), etc. The prominent grass species is Cynodon dactylon.

Table 14.1: List of Plants including Herbs, Shrubs and Trees

Sr. No. Local Names Botanical Names Trees

1 Babool Acacia nilotica 2 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora 3 Neem Azadirachta indica 4 Safeda Eucalyptus tereticornis 5 Ber Zyziphus sp. 6 Peepal Ficus religiosa 7 Bottle palm Beaucarnea recurvata 8 Amaltas Cassia fistula 9 Shisham Dalbergia sissoo

10 Bottle brush Callistemom citrinus 11 Carrot grass Parthenium sp. 12 Gulmohar Delonix regia 13 Oak Quercus incana

Shrubs 14 Raat rani Cestrum Nocturnum 15 Gurhal Hibiscus rosa sinensis 16 Bougainvillia Bougainvillia globra 17 Arandi Ricinus communis 18 Kanchon Bauhinia acuminata 19 Bougainvillia Bougainvillia globra 20 Candle Bush Cassia alata 21 Sadabahar Vinca rosea 22 Paper chase tree Mussaenda clabrata 23 Hennah Lawsonia inermis 24 Calendula Calendula officinalis 25 Juhi Jasmine auriculatum 26 Arandi Ricinus communis 27 Ixora Ixora 28 Gurhal Hibiscus rosasinensis


Herbs 29 Ghrit kumari Aloe vera 30 Tulsi Occimum sanctum 31 Ixora Ixora 32 Dhatura Datura stramonium 33 Makai Nigella sativa 34 Satawari Asparagus racemosus

Faunal community of the area- Majorly, the area is a conglomeration of built infrastructure such as residential units, institutions, commercial complex and industries along with landscape areas, Surajpur wetlands and other basic amenities.

The fauna of the area is discussed below:

1) Amphibians

Among amphibians toad (Bufo sp.) and frog (Rana tigrina) were observed.

2) Reptiles

Indian garden Lizards (Calotes vessicolor), home lizard were observed, while locals claims

to have seen some snakes also.

3) Mammals

In this class Indian palm squirrel (Fumambulus pennanti), cat, dog (Cuon sp.),Goat (Capra

aegagrus hircus), Cow, Buffalo, rat (Rattus rattus) and horse etc. were observed.

4) Aves

Common birds like crow (Corves splendens), sparrow (Passer domesticus), parrot

(Psittacula krameri), baya (Ploceus philippinus), peafowl (Pavo cristatus), pigeon (Columba

livia), egretta sp. etc. were observed. List of species observed in this buffer zone is given in

Table below.

5) Butterflies

The common butterfly species recorded from the study area include; Common grass yellow

(Eurema blanda), Tawny coster (Acraea violae), Common tiger (Danaus genutia), Small

orange tip (Colotis etrida) and pansy (Precis almanac).


Table 14.2: List of Species in Buffer Zone (10 km Radius)

S.I. Local Names Zoological Names Amphibians 1 Toad Bufo sp 2 Frog Rana tigrina Reptiles 3 Indian garden lizards Calotes versicolor 4 House Lizards Hemidactylus sp. 5 Cobra Naja naja 6 Viper Vipera sp Mammals 7 Indian palm squirrel Fumambulus pennant 8 Cat Felis sp. 9 Dog Cuon sp. 10 Cow Bos sp. 11 Rat Rattus rattus 12 Horse Equs sp. 13 Goat Capra aegagrus hircus Fishes 14 Carps Cirrhinus mrigala 15 Carps Catla catla 16 Cat fish Mystus sp. 17 Cat fish Wallago attu 18 Pangas catfish Pangasius pangasius Aves 19 Crow Corvus splendens 20 Sparrow Passer domesticus 21 Baya Ploceus philippinus 22 Parrot Psittacula Krameri 23 Peafowl Pavo cristatus 24 Pigeon Columba livia 25 Egretta Egretta sp. 26 Bulbul Pycnontus barbatus 27 Myna Acridotheres tristis 28 Koel Eudynamys scoloopacea 29 Teal Avas vcrecca 30 Spotted dove Streptopelia chinensis 31 Pariah kite Milvus migrans 32 Hoopoe Upupa epops


Yamuna River

Yamuna supports a wide variety of plant and animal species. Varity of Fishes found in

Yamuna river as Carps (Cirrhinus mrigala, Catla catla, Labeo sp.) and Cat fishes (Mystus

sp.,Wallago attu, Ompok sp.and Pangasius pangasius etc.) The river is home to thousands of

resident and migratory birds. The banks of the river are one of the last refuges for the

dwindling populations of blackbucks, chitals, nilgais etc. On November 16, 2010 ailing

Yamuna proved fatal for aquatic life once again. The death of about 2,000 fish in the river,

between Vrindavan and Mathura, has brought the issue of pollution in the Yamuna to centre

stage again. It was the morning bathers who spotted the dead fish floating on the surface of

the water on Saturday. The matter was brought to the notice of the forest department. The

Okhla Bird Sanctuary, spread over four sq kms on the Yamuna River, is one of the

International Bird areas listed by Bird Live International, a non-government organization that

works for promotion and conservation of world habitat. Thousands of avian migrants waded

along with resident water birds. However, there were several species that were not spotted

this year. As part of the timeless Indian Civilization, the River Yamuna, other than being a

traditional water resource, is also a cultural icon and is worshipped as a goddess in Indian

Culture. A little inquiry into ancient Indian scriptures, rituals, art forms, traditional vocation,

festivities or even the National Anthem shall vividly bring forward the esteem and glory that

this Grand River holds, even in present times.

Agriculture

Description of Agro-climatic Zone & major agro ecological situations (based on soil and topography) of Gautam Budh Nagar.

Table 14.3: Agro-climatic Zone & its Characteristics

SN Agro-climatic Zone Characteristics

1 Western Plain Zone Sandy loam and loamy soil texture, canal and tube well irrigation, medium rainfall, sub-tropical climate, rice-wheat crop rotation and dairy based farming system.

SN Agro-ecological

situation Characteristics

1 AES-I Soil type - Sandy loam soil

Crop rotation- Sugarcane-wheat, Rice-Wheat-Jawar, Arhar,


wheat, Jawar-lentil, Vegetables Orchard – Mango, Guava Mixed farming system

2 AES-II Soil type - Sandy loam, Loam soil

Crop rotation - Rice based crop rotation, Rice-wheat, Jawar wheat, Arhar-wheat, Jawar-lentil, Vegetables

Mixed farming system- Some area water logged

Source: District Profile, Gautam Budh Nagar

Table 14.4: Details of Operational area / Villages (2008-09) Taluk Name of

the block Name of the village

Major crops &

enterprises

Major problem

identified

Identified Thrust

area

Dadri Dadri Kot

Khendra

Bisada

Dadopur

Dairymacha

Khatana

Saithali

Veerpura

Shahpur

Paddy, Jwar,

Wheat, Mustard,

Lentil, Vegetables &

Dairy farming

systems.

Low yield of cereal,

Pulse and Oilseed crops.

Use of Desi variety.

Repeat breeding

Worms infestation, Low soil fertility status.

IPNM, IPM,

Variety

replacement, Soil testing, Balance

animal feeding,

Deworming,

Integrated nutrient management (INM)

Bisrakh Badalpur

Sadopur

Dujana

Itana

Kherpur

Paddy, Jwar,

Wheat, Mustard,

Lentil, Veg. &

Dairy

Low yield of cereal, pulse and oilseed crop. Use of Desi variety. Repeat breeding

Worms infestation

IPNM, IPM,

Variety

replacement, Soil testing, Balance

animal feeding,

Deworming

Source: District Profile, Gautam Budh Nagar

14.2 Forest, WLS, Wetlands and other Eco-sensitive Area


GNIDA is endowed with rich natural heritage sites which need to be developed as conservation areas. Policies and strategies for conservation of sites and biodiversity shall be described in the Conservation Master Plan. Primarily important natural sites planed to be conserved are— 1. Protected Forest Protected forest area is nearly 1015 ha. Protected forest area falls within the notified area of Greater Noida namely –

i) Gulistanpur PF Block ii) Rampur Jagir PF Block iii) Murshadpur PF Block iv) Amarpur PF Block

2. Wetlands • Wetland area around Lohia Lake: This area is presently being visited by migratory

birds. Additionally, Bird Sanctuary is also being proposed to be developed. • Lohia Rivulet: This rivulet transverses through the Greater Noida Township serving

as natural drainage system. This rivulet is proposed to be developed and conserved as a landscape features.

• Ponds: There are large number of ponds with significant area which form the part of present landscape.

14.3 Protection and Conservation Plan of Forest Protection of forest resources requires a strong infrastructure at the disposal of the state forest departments. The existing infrastructure is inadequate due to paucity of funds to deal with the task of forest protection. In various states notified forest areas are not clearly demarcated on the field and surveys have not been carried out. Due to the existence of habitations in and around forest areas, it becomes difficult to enforce law without proper demarcations. For the purpose of scientific and sustainable management of forest resources and eco management, a prescription in the form of working plan becomes necessary. Management Plan of Forest is proposed as under: 1. To carry out detailed field survey, demarcation of the forest boundaries and their

notification are primarily required. 2. Enumeration and measurement of individuals for assessment of the growing stock and

bio diversity. 3. Proper mapping of the area using the latest technology of the satellite imageries, GPS

(Global Positioning System), GIS etc. in the preparation of good quality working plans.


4. To prepare Working Plans aiming' at sustainable management of the forests and plantations.

5. To prepare fire danger rating system and devise forest fire forecasting system. 6. To prevent and control forest fires with- a view to protect and conserve the forests &

wildlife and physical environment. To monitor the impact of forest fire prevention and control activities arid use latest technology including the establishment of a network.

7. To involve the local people in protection of forests from fires on the principals of Joint Forest Management.

8. To develop and strengthen Forestry Infrastructure and capacity of the Forest Departments for effective protection of the flora, fauna (biodiversity)and the environment as a whole.

9. To maintain environmental stability through preservation and where ever necessary, adopt rehabilitation and restoration measures of the sites that has been adversely affected by depletion of the forest cover of the country.

10. To preserve the natural, heritage of the country by protecting and conserving the remaining natural forests with the vast variety of flora and fauna which represent the remarkable biological diversity and genetic resources of the country through strengthening of the infrastructures of the Forest Department.

11. To improve the productivity of forests to meet essential national needs. 12. To ensure scientific management of the forests by preparing and implementing good

quality working plans. 13. To protect forest against forest fires by adopting improved and modern management

practices and through the cooperation of the local communities on the principles of Joint Forest Management.

Though there is no separate provision for specific legal instrument for wetland conservation, the legal framework for conservation and management is provided by the following legal instruments: Several legislations have been enacted which have relevance to wetland conservation. These include Forest Act, 1927, Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, The Water Cess Act, 1977 and the umbrella provision of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. The Biodiversity Act, 2002, and the Biodiversity Rules, 2004, are aimed at safeguarding the floral and faunal biodiversity, and regulating their flow from the country to other countries for research and commercial use. Thus, their provisions also contribute towards conserving, maintaining, and augmenting the floral, faunal and biodiversity of the country’s aquatic bodies. The Environmental Policy identifies the following six-fold Action Plan:


1. Set up a legally enforceable regulatory mechanism for identified valuable wetlands to prevent their degradation and enhance their conservation. Develop a national inventory of such wetlands.

2. Formulate conservation and prudent use strategies for each significant catalogued wetland, with participation of local communities, and other relevant stakeholders.

3. Formulate and implement eco-tourism strategies for identified wetlands through multi-stakeholder partnerships involving public agencies, local communities and investors.

4. Take explicit amount of impacts on wetlands of significant development projects during the environmental appraisal of such projects; in particular, the reduction in economic value of wetland environmental services should be explicitly factored into cost-benefit analysis.

5. Consider particular unique wetlands as entities with ‘Incomparable Values’, in developing strategies for their protection.

6. Integrate wetland conservation, including conservation of village ponds and tanks, into sectoral development plans for poverty alleviation and livelihood improvement, and the link efforts for conservation and sustainable use of wetlands with the ongoing rural infrastructure development and employment generation programmes. Promote traditional techniques and practices for conserving village ponds.


15. Horticulture & Green Belt Development 15.1 Master Plan Provision for Green Area Development Green Areas Apart from a major industrial and institutional hub, the area of Greater Noida is also being developed as a destination for amusement and leisure. The city shall be marked by its green landscapes, and characterised by flowers and fountains mirroring the city’s relaxed life-style. An 18 hole Golf course designed by Greg Norman is functional and an Integrated Sports Complex is being developed in about 450 acres. 3 social clubs and a resort hotel are functional at present. To lay emphasis on the development of green areas, predominant flowering trees and shrubs in different areas will be used for naming sectors. Overall emphasis would be on:

• Formulation of Landscaping Master Plan • To develop the city as a city of flowers and fountains. • Visual impact of greenery and landscape. • Development of city recreational greens. • To position the city as a destination of leisure and amusement • Develop Theme Parks • Plantation of predominantly flowering trees and shrubs • Distinct flowering green belts along the roads and within the sectors. • Distinguishing flowering trees in various pockets of the sectors,which are symbolic of

the name of that pocket. Landscape

A landscape plan has been prepared for the whole city. Emphasis has beenlaid on keeping the city green, environment friendly and pollution free.

At the city level the main stretches taken up are-

• Green belts along ‘The Promenade’ and ‘Entry Road’. • Plantation on major road including Medians/Central verge on Entry road and The

Promenade. • Development of Entry to the city and major roundabouts as focal points with

fountains and landscaping. • A city park in 22 Acres of land has been developed. • A Sports stadium has been planned in 35 acres of land and work has commenced.


At the sector level works taken up are

• Development of 8 Theme Parks in residential sectors. • Road side plantation

Green Area as per Master Plan 2021 • Green Areas of 3579.80 ha (16.09% of the total MP 2021 area of 22,255 ha) dedicated

for green areas. • A minimum of 15% of Institutional/ Incidental Green (as a mandate by state byelaws)

in each individual unit coming up in Greater Noida. • Road side Avenue plantation along the total stretch of roads (approx. 194 km) in 3 or 2

tier, depending on the road width. Also, evergreen plantation on median of 12m being taken up.

• 25 km long and 100 m wide green belt proposed within the city, to enhance ground water recharge and biodiversity in the area.

• Protected forest area; of nearly 1015 ha. conserved. • Wetlands & Hindon River front to be developed to enhance the biological diversity of

the area. • The concept of inter-linked green spaces is a predominant feature in the city structure. 15.2 Objectives of Green Belt Buffer Development Vehicular pollution emits large amount of CO2 and CO, SO2 and other gases in the atmosphere. Plant species of green belts use CO2 and liberates oxygen. So its imbalance is primarily to maintain optimum O2: CO2 ratio in air.

Trees, shrubs and other vegetation can absorb certain air pollutants if they are within tolerable limits. This concept is utilised in developing strips of vegetation known as green belt development. Green belts should be developed especially around sources of pollution to to improve the environment. In Delhi, the ridge serves as the breathing apparatus of the city. The design and nature of green belts will vary according to the place and the type of industry. Some of the factors which influence the design of green belts are- § Climatic factors such as wind velocity, temperature, rainfall, sunlight, humidity etc. § Assimilation capacity of the ecosystem, § Height and canopy of trees, § Topography, § Size of land available, § Distance from source, § Soil and Water quality,


§ Nature and extents of pollutants, Advantages of green belts-

• Noise control- A green belt reduces the intensity of sound. Function as a barrier. Trees can either deflect, refract or may absorb sound to reduce its intensity. The intensity reduction depends on the distance of sound source. Trees can also modify suitably the humidity and climate which affects sound intensity.

• Help in soil erosion control. Plant species help in improving soil quality and bind soil particles thereby preventing erosion.

• Green belts also help in containing water run offs. • Climate Control (regulates air temperature, nutrient and hydrological cycle, solar

energy conservation). • Air Pollution control- Trees help in reducing carbon dioxide and other pollutants from

air and by release of oxygen into the air thereby improving air quality. A green belt development can also help alleviating particulate matter from the air by trapping such particulate matter.

• Water Pollution control- Some species can remove some pollutants from water. Example- copper absorbed by Chlorella vulgaris and Scandium by Astragalas, zinc by Typha latifolia, chromium by Salvinia nudans.

Environmental Guidelines for Industries developed by MoEF, suggest that the industries must care about the surrounding environment and minimize the adverse impacts of industrial operations in the immediate neighborhood as well as distant places. Therefore, these guidelines mandate project owners to maintain the certain distances by the industries from the areas like ecologically sensitive areas, Coastal areas, Flood Plain of the Riverine Systems, Transport/Communication System and Major settlements. With reference to green belts, these guidelines mandates are as under:

1. Land acquired shall be sufficiently large to provide space for appropriate treatment of waste water still left for treatment after maximum possible reuse and recycle. Reclaimed (treated) wastewater shall be used to raise green belt and to create water body for aesthetics, recreation and if possible for aquaculture. The green belt shall be 1/2 km wide around the battery limit of the industry. For industry having odour problem it shall be a kilometer wide.

2. The green belt between two adjoining large scale industries shall be one kilometer. As per the National Forest Policy, 1988 (NFP), It is necessary to encourage the planting of trees alongside of roads, railway lines, rivers, streams and canals, and on other unutilized


lands under State/corporate, institutional or private ownership. NFP give emphasis on the green belt development. It says – Green belts should be raised in urban/industrial areas as well as in arid tracts. Such a programme will help to check erosion and desertification as well as improve the microclimate (Reference). As per the stipulations of MoEF, green belt is to be provided all around the power station boundary by planting trees and the total green area including landscaping area will be at least 1/3rd (About 33%) of the plant area. This will include Lay down area which will be later on converted into Green area. (Report on the land requirement of thermal power stations by CEA) Green Belts have since been adapted to modern conditions. Their five main purposes are:

• to check the unrestricted sprawls of large built-up areas; • to prevent neighbouring towns from merging into one another; • to assist in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment; • to preserve the setting and special character of historic towns; • to assist in urban regeneration by encouraging the recycling of derelict and other urban

land.

15.3 Type of Foliage in Green Development 15.3.1 Green Belt Development Plan Selection of Plant species for Green belt development The selection of plant species for the development depends on various factors such as climate, elevation and soil. The list of plant species, which can be suitably planted, and having significant importance are provided in Table. The plants should exhibit the following desirable characteristic in order to be selected for plantation.

1. The species should be fast growing and providing optimum penetrability. 2. The species should be wind-firm and deep rooted. 3. Nesting trees like Peepal (Ficus religiosa), Bergad (F. bengahlnesis), Pakad(Ficus

virens), Gular (F. glomerata,)Fig (Ficus eariea) should be planted. 4. The species should form a dense canopy. 5. As far as possible, the species should be indigenous and locally available 6. Species tolerance to air pollutants like SPM, SO2 and NOx should be preferred. 7. The species should be permeable to help and create air turbulence and mixing within

the belt. 8. There should be no large gaps for the air to spill through.


9. Trees with high foliage density, leaves with larger leaf area and hairy on both the surfaces, are generally preferred.

10. Ability to withstand conditions like inundation and drought. 11. Soil improving plants (Nitrogen fixing, rapidly decomposable leaf litter). 12. Attractive appearance with good flowering and fruit bearing. 13. Bird and insect attracting tree species. 14. Sustainable green cover with minimal maintenance 15. Act as noise barrier

The plantation matrix adopted for the green belt development includes quadrats of Trees 1 x 1 x 1 m, Shrub 0.3 m x 0.3 m x 0.3 m size with a spacing of 2.5 m x 2.5 m. In addition, earth filling and manure may also be required for the proper nutritionand nourishment of the sapling. It is also recommended that the plantation has to be taken up randomly and the landscaping aspects could be taken into consideration. Planted sapling must be protected either by putting tree guards or barbed wire fencing with proper irrigation as and when required. The general consideration involved while developing the greenbelt are:

- Evergreen trees growing up to 10 m or above in height should be planted around various appurtenances of the proposed project.

- Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows around the project site.

- Generally fast growing species should be planted. - Since, the tree trunk is normally devoid of foliage up to a height of 3 m, it may be

useful to have shrubbery in front of the trees so as to gives coverage to this portion.

The plantation will be at a spacing of 2.5 x 2.5 m. The maintenance of the plantation area will also be done by the Authorities. The treated wastewater from the CSTPs and the components manure generated by solids waste will be used for the greenbelt development.

For the purpose of pollution attenuation, the green belt shall be developed in three tiers as stated below: First Tier - Shrub species having good levels of air pollution tolerance which is referred to as Tolerance zone. 1. Broken or interrupted: The branching pattern and canopy formation is not uniform. e.g.

palm varieties. In between the shrub species at regular intervals in the first tier.


2. Dropping canopy: The branches and leaves droop downwards e.g. Polyalthia longifolia. In between the shrubs in the first tier.

Second Tier - Trees having fast growth potential with conical canopy called as dispersion zone 1. Rotund type: The shape of the crown is more or less rounded; branches and leaves are

closely arranged eg. Ficus species. Suitable for second and third tier. 2. Flat topped canopy: The branches of the crown uniformly given flat-topped crown and

the spread of the crown is wide to cover a wide area e.g. Cassia fistula. Suitable for second and third tire.

Third Tier - Trees having hairy leaves with thick and round canopy called as absorption zone. 1. Cylindrical type: The branches and leaves form a close network and give the longitudinal

spread eg. Dalbergia species. In between the trees in the third tier. 2. Chimney type: The branches give the appearance of long chimney e.g. Eucalyptus

poplor,Outer rows of the third tier. 3. Conical type: The growth of main stem and horizontal branches appear in the form of a

cone. eg. Casuarina. Peripheral rows of the third tier. Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used in a greenbelt to serve as noise breakers:

• Tectona grandis (Teak), • Butea monosperma (Palash) • Leucana leucocephala (Subabul), • Mangifera indica (Aam) • Dalbergia Sissoo (Shisham), • Saraca Indica (Asoka)

Increasing vegetation in the form of green area is one of the preferred methods to mitigate air pollution. Plants serve as a sink for pollutants, settle dust on leaf lamina and reduce noise pollution.

Teak, Shisham, Palash, Neem, Amaltas, Kachnar, Subabul, Mohua, Aam, Karanj, Imli, Baheda, Harda, and Jamun are air pollution abatement plants and Neem, Mahaneem, Palash, Amaltas and Kaner plants are used for dust absorber.


Green Belt Plan in Small Housing Projects:

Two row plantation along with boundary wall, spacing of plant 2.5 m, row to row spacing 2m

__________________________________________________________________Boundary wall

```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````````Live hedge

* * * * * 2.5m * *

* * * * * * 2m

``` Live hedge (Creepers) & Shrubs

* Trees

The species recommended for greenbelt development are given below:

Table 15.1: Recommended trees along the roadside 1. Alstonia scholaris Chitvan

2. Albizia lebbeck procera Siris(white)

Siris(Black)

3. Bauhinia variegata Kanchanar

4. Cassia fistula Amaltas

5. Pinus roxburghii Chirpine

6. Populus euphratica Poplar

7. Prunus deltoids Peach

8. Thuja orientalis Thuja

9. Ficus benghalensis, Banyan tree

10. Ficus religiosa Peepal

11. Ficus virens Pakad

12. Ficus glomerata Gular

13. Ficus elastica Rubber tree

14. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok


Table 15.2: Recommended trees along the Infrastructure 1. Aegle marmelos Bel

2. Punica granatum Pomegranate

3. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jack fruit

4. Mangifera indica Aam

5. Mallotus philippensis Sindoori

6. Grewia asiatica Phalsa

7. Litchi chinensis Lychee

8. Pyrus pashia Mahal (wild pear)

15.3.2 Landscaping, Park and Avenue Plantation Selection of the plant species should be done on the basis of their adaptability to the existing geographical conditions and the vegetation composition of the forest type of the region earlier found or currently observed.

Parks and gardens maintained for recreational and ornamental purposes will not only improve the quality of existing ecology at the proposed project site but also enhance the aesthetic value. The plan and the suggested species for parks and avenues are listed below.

Parks

- Ornamental trees with spreading branches, shade giving with colorful flowers for people to relax. (Alstonia scholaris, Saraca indica, Ailanthus excelsa, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Mimusops elengi, Tecoma stans, Cassia fistula, Cassia alata, Callistemon citrinus, Acalypha hispida, Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Calliandra haematocephala, Cestrum nocturnum, Erythrina indica, Murraya paniculata, Plumeria acuminata, Polyalthia longifolia, Polyalthia pendula, Putranjiva roxburghii, Tabernaemontana divaricata, Bougainvillia etc).

- Suitable patches of lawns, rocketry with cactus and other small flowering xerophytic plants.

- Winter annuals - Flox, Aster,Gladiolus, Dahelia, Tagetis patula, Rosens (HT and Floribanda roses).

- Summer – Gulmehndi, Kochia,Sadabahar,Portulaca,Cosmosis.


Avenue plantation

- Trees with colonial canopy with attractive flowering - Trees with branching at 10 feet and above - Trees with medium spreading branches to avoid obstruction to the traffic - Fruit trees to be avoided because children may obstruct traffic and general movement

of public.

Although the greenery loss due to the building & construction projects and other project appurtenances have been compensated as a part of compensatory afforestation. However, in addition to above, it is proposed to develop greenbelt around the perimeter of various project appurtenances, selected stretches along reservoir periphery, etc.

The cost of plantation per hectare is estimated at Rs.1 lack per ha (as per discussion with horticulturist) which includes sapling cost, nursery cost, labor cost, cost of manure, Planting, weeding, irrigation and barbed wire fencing.


16. Traffic and Transportation Studies

16.1 Traffic Studies at Regional & Local Level Regional linkages – As per Master Plan 2001 No city can develop in isolation without proper access from surrounding areas. The main regional links planned are – 1.Noida-Greater Noida Expressway 2.1Link Road from NH 24 to the ‘Entry Road’ 3.Link from G.T. Road via Dadri ROB. 4.Faridabad-Noida-Ghaziabad Expressway 5.Rail Link from Tughlakabad to Maripat. Road The 2 main arterial roads ‘The Entry Road’ 45.0 m wide and ‘ThePromenade’ 80.0 m wide have been developed as high quality roads for fast movement of intra city traffic. At present, these roads are connectingthe city with the surrounding area. The sector peripheral roads are beingdeveloped in stages alongwith the development of the sectors. Rail The nearest railway station at present is Dadri located just outside the notified area on the main railway line to Calcutta. The rail link fromTugalabad to Dadri and Boraki via Noida is planned which will link thearea to the western railway main line to Bombay. It is proposed thatcommuter rail link will also be provided along this line. No public transportation system has been proposed in the presentplan. Regional linkages – As per Master Plan 2021 The regional level linkages are vital for development of a new town. Thelinkages (road, rail and air both for commutes and freight) should beprovided for quick uninterrupted access to the city. The concept therefore envisages adequate regional level linkages to the area.

a. From Delhi and Noida – access via DND flyway to the Noida- Greater Noida Expressway which is now proposed to be extended upto Agra.

b. Another link is proposed from NOIDA via Okhla barrage throughthe Master Plan road no. 3, extending it across the river Hindon andproviding access to the area in between NH24 and the Entry Road.

c. A link will also be available from the Eastern peripheralExpressway of the NCR plan-2021 at NH 24 interchange point.


d. From NH 24 a 60.0 m wide link is planned to the area on north ofEntry road. e. Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be available via NH24 byepass in the

northern side and from G.T. Road in the easternside of the area f. Plans are also on the anvil to provide commuter rail links fromTughlakabad in Delhi

via Noida upto Boraki/Dadri in GreaterNodia. The alignment for the same has been rbanizat by theRailways.

g. For movement of goods traffic, the ICD has been located near Dadriand functional, will be provided with rail linkage from Tughlakabad.

h. Link with Delhi Metro for Noida to Greater Noida by a Rapid Railtransit system as per provision in the NCR Plan-2021

Rail The nearest railway station at present is Dadri and located justoutside the notified area on the main railway line to Calcutta. The rail linkfrom Tugalabad to Dadri and Boraki Via Noida is planned route finalizedby Rail Vikas Nigam which will link the area to the western railway mainline to Bombay. Also commuter rail link will be provided along this line. The new railway station at Boraki has also been proposed. Public transportation system has been proposed in the present plan. 16.2 Connectivity with other Towns, especially NCR The major road linkages planned are—

1) From Delhi and NOIDA—access via DND Flyway Toll Bridge to NOIDA-Greater Noida Expressway, which is proposed to be extended up to Agra (Taj Expressway).

2) Link from Noida via Okhla Barrage road through the Master Plan road No.3 of Noida, extending it across river Hindon and providing access to\the 130.0m wide road of Greater Noida.

3) Link from Eastern peripheral Expressway of NCR Plan at NH-24interchange (to be finalized after finalization of alignment of theExpressway).

4) Link from NH-24 to connect area on north of Entry road (industrial sector Ecotech-III).

5) Link to surrounding areas of Uttar Pradesh shall be via NH-24 bypass in the northern side and from GT Road on eastern side of the area.

6) A 130 m. wide road has been planned as backbone of the linear City for connecting its northern and southern parts and also Noida and Delhi.

Rail Linkages 7) The Northern Railway main line from Delhi to Calcutta is abuttingthe Master Plan

area. It is proposed to develop Boraki as a newrailway station on this line for the City. A feasibility report for thesame has been prepared by RITES and submitted


8) A rail link between Dadri and Tuglakabad is proposed, which willconnect Greater Noida with the main railway lines in the East toCalcutta and West to Bombay.

9) For movement of goods traffic Inland Container Depot has beenlocated, which will be provided with rail linkage form Tuglakabad.

10) There is proposal to have Transport hub at Boraki, which shallprovide comprehensive facilities for integrate of passenger railwaystation, ISBT, Truck Terminal, etc.

11) The 5 main arterial roads i.e. the Expressway way from Noida to Greater Noida 75m wide, ‘The Entry Road’ 45.0 m wide and ‘The Promenade’ 80.0 m wide, the 105m wide road upto knowledge park-IV and 130m wide road in knowledge park-II and III have been developed as high quality roads for fast movement of intra city traffic. At present, these roads are connecting the city with the surrounding area. The 60.0m wide sector peripheral roads are being developed in stages along with the development of the sectors.

12) In addition to the roads the bus shelters all along the major roads and other public conveniences have been developed.

Mass Rapid Transit System Based on the results of transport demand forecast and system selection, a LightRail Transit (LRT) system has been recommended. The LRT system shall be ableto cater the future travel demand and shall supplement the bus system.Phase-1: NOIDA City Centre to GNIDA along Storm Drain, proposed SEZ, Gautam Buddha Expressway, Pari Chowk and along 105 m roadupto proposed 130 m. road (about 29 km)—Costing about Rs. 2610crores. Phase-2: GNIDA to NOIDA City Centre- Along 130 m. middle spine road, NOIDA Sec 52 (about 25 km) – costing about Rs. 2250 crores. 16.3 Circulation & Movement within Greater Noida Public Transport Plan A public transport system has been planned to serve the Intra-City’s traffic movement. The desired demand for bus passengers is projected at about 1.9 and 4.1 lakh trips in the year 2011 and 2021 respectively. A bus system has beenproposed for intra-city movement. Sixteen bus routes have been proposed to cover the entire region and also to connect various other destinations like Noida, Ghaziabad, Delhi. Four bus terminals have been proposed at Kasna, near Dadri, near Knowledge Park-V and at Boraki in the transport hub. Typical cross sections for roads having various Right of Way (ROW) have been recommended. The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrianfacilities, space for services


etc. has been proposed. Typical junctiondesigns have also been proposed for different types of road cross sections. To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are prepared nearRoopwas, Boraki, Gori Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I. 16.4 Eco-friendly Transport System for Local Movement The Intermediate Public Transport System (IPT) The IPT includes 3-seater auto rickshaws, 6/7-seater auto rickshaws, shared taxis, cycle rickshaws, tonga, etc. For an efficient transportation system, IPT modes areproposed to act as feeder to public transport systems integrated with bus andother mass transit systems, which can be achieved by providing sufficientdemarcated parking, waiting and circulation space for IPTs and smooth intermodaltransferat busstops/terminalsandrailwaystation. The IPTs identified are battery/ CNG operated auto rickshaws and cycle rickshaws for short/ feeder services and Tax for long distances. Non motorized vehicles (NMV) offer low cost intermediate public/privatetransport, emit non-pollution, emphasize use of labour rather than capital formobility and are well suited for many short trips. The appropriate integration ofwalking, NMV modes and motorized transport, is necessary to achieve anoptimum scenario. The regulations and policies influencing NMV usage havebeen illustrated in the Transportation Master Plan report along with the facilitiesrequired such as NMV lanes, junction geometrics, etc. Pedestrian Facilities Based on the projected traffic flow on the road network and the proposed landuse as per Master Plan 2021, critical locations where grade separationthe pedestrian facilities would be required have been identified and detailplan for the same has been prepared integrating the locations with location of bus shelters/public conveniences.

Table 16.1: Recommended Road Infrastructure Proposals S. No Project Scheme No. of Locations

1. Pedestrian subways 19

2. Road over bridges 7

3. Grade Separated Intersections 10

4. Off street parking lots 3

5. Transport terminals 2

6. New Intra-city bus terminals 4


17. Social Impact Analysis

17.1 Project Affected Persons and their R&R as per Land Acquisition Act 2013 All the land in GNIDA has been purchased; hence, R&R is not applicable.

17.2 Village Development Plan Along with the Master Plan for the urbanisable area, due consideration has been given to plan for the rural zone to meet the needs of the original inhabitants of the area.

a) For making a Plan for the rural areas, analysis of the existing facilities in the villages has been done. On that basis, shortfall in the provisions has been ascertained for future planning. Also the prospective growth centres have been identified for provision of higher order facilities in the area.

b) The first step is to project the population for the next two decades. Based on the increase in population, facilities are proposed in the future.

The population of the villages of Greater Noida is projected taking the average growth rate of the year from 1971 to 1981 and from 1981 to 1991. For the proposed urban areas and the areas falling within three kilometers of their radius, the growth rate is taken 15% more because urban areas show a higher growth rate due to migration. Year 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 2021 Population 119146 146446 191671 245275 313932 401885

Growth rate --- 22.91% 30.88% 26.90% 26.90% 26.90% Note: Growth rate of urban areas for population projection after the year 1991 is taken as 30.92% Source: GNIDA Survey Development of rural sector is equally important to involve the existing village population in the process of urbanisation, so that they also partake in the benefits flowingtherefrom. Economic Betterment

• Provide avenues for self-employment. • Local employment generation through imparting skills. • 3 it is and ITTUP set up a technically train local youths. • Scholarships offered for lone member in each displaced family. • Computer training at affordable range, provided in village schools.


• Gainful participation in development projects by the local population. • Tradition skills upgradation programmes executed by NGO. • Mahila Dairy Scheme to augment income from traditional activities. • Career guidance and regular EDPs conducted.

Human Resource Development

• Four fully equipped educational centers to be developed to cater to the local people’s educational needs.

• Quality of education to be ensured through provisions for quality infrastructure along with well trained personnel.

• Informal education and related projects to be executed by NGOs. • Health and general awareness already been implemented by national level NGO. • Mobile crèches functioning which take care of overall needs of the uncared for

migrant labour children. Guided Urbanisation

• Model urban villages to be developed in a phases manner with infrastructure atpar with urban developed sectors.

• 10% abadi settlement for acquired villages with guided controls so that theyalso merge with the aesthetically urban area.

• Commercial schemes floated priortising local people’s participation and givingthem an opportunity to benefit from the process of urbanization.

• Empowering them to manage and maintain their assets in line with the concept of Neighbourhood Management Council presently applicable only in urbansectors.


18. Environmental Management & Monitoring Plan Details of environmental parameters, Impacts on them and the mitigation proposed for various sectos vis-à-vis Residential, Institution-Commercial & Industrial are discussed as below:

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR GREATER NOIDA MASTER PLAN 2021

Introduction

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean environment. The desired results from the environmental mitigation measures proposed in the project may not be obtained without a management plan to assure its proper implementation & function. The EMP envisages the plans for the proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse impacts arising out of the project activities during pre-construction, construction and operation stage.

An EMP is project specific plan developed to ensure that appropriate environmental management practices are followed during a project’s construction and/or operation.

An effective EMP should ensure:

• Application of best practice environmental management to a project • Implementation of a project’s EIA including its conditions of approval or consent • Compliance with environmental legislation, and • Environmental risks associated with a project are properly managed.

Purpose of Environmental Management Plan

• To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solid waste to meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology.

• To support and implement development work to achieve environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

• To promote green-belt development. • To encourage good working conditions for the residents & employees. • To reduce fire and accident hazards. • Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system. • To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program.


• Conceptualization Stage:

During the conceptualization stage, regulation norm shall be laid down, management measures required will be formulated, authorities assigned. These shall include land acquisition, the clearance of the site, traffic management, arrangement of potable water & disposal of waste water, measures for sensitive receptors such as RF, wetlands, ancient monuments, religious centers etc. and other utilities likely to be impacted etc.

• Implementation Stage:

Implementation stage is the most crucial and active stage of the EMP. The activities shall increase pollution load in the atmosphere as well as there shall be some other impacts. Therefore, in addition to the monitoring to ensure that the environment is not impacted beyond permissible limits, smooth functioning of various bodies to ensure that land, air, water, soil, biodiversity or socio economics remains undisturbed, traffic management, disposal of waste and risks associated with activities such as accidental spillages and consequent damage to the surrounding environment in terms of loss of flora, fauna, agricultural crops or loss of fertile land shall be monitored simultaneously.

• Operation Stage:

The operation stage shall essentially entail monitoring activity within the city. The monitoring for pollutants specified in the monitoring plan will serve two purposes. In addition to checking the efficacy of the protection/mitigation/enhancement measures implemented, this will help to verify or refute the predictions made as a part of impact assessment.

Table 18.1: Landuse for the Master Plan 2021

S.No. Particulars Area (Ha) Percentage

1 Residential 5000.00 22.46 2 Industrial 4201.23 18.88 3 Commercial 1200.00 5.39

4 Institutional 3473.99 15.61

5 Green Areas 3579.80 16.09

6 Institutional Green 1420.20 6.38 7 Transportation 3339.78 15.01 8 SEZ 40.00 0.18

Total 22,255.0 100


Table 18.2: Sectoral breakup of Greater Noida Sl. No. Sectoral

Land Use No. of Sectors

1991-2001 2001-2011 Upto 2021 1. Residential 18 45 63 2. Institutional 2 5 7 3. Commercial 8 2 pockets + 13 belts 10 pockets + 20 belts 4. Industrial 5 13 25 The EMP is being discussed under three heads:

1. Residential 2. Institutional/ Commercial 3. Industrial


19. EMP FOR RESIDENTIAL SECTOR

The development, construction and functional phase of residential sector comprise various activities, each of which may have some impact on environmental parameters. Various impacts during the development & construction and operation phase on the environmental parameters have been studied to estimate the impact on environment.

Various activities related to the project would be different in terms of nature during the

development, construction and functional phase.

The impact identification and prediction process aims to:

• Identify potential source or cause of impact throughout the life of project. • Characterize the potential impacts affecting a target or receptor (physical, human and

socio-economic). • Assess the potential of changing the likelihood of impact through Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

19.1 Population Growth Trends

Table 19.1: Growth Trends

Year Growth Percent (in %) Population (In Lacs) 2001 Base case 3

2001-2011 120 6.6 2011-2021 93 12.7

As per GNIDA & NCR Growth Projections


Fig 19.1: Growth Trends 2001-2021

• By studying the Growth Patterns, a decadal growth rate of 150 to 300 % was observed

for NCR cities.

• Since, Greater Noida is comparatively farther distance from Delhi, , a decadal growth

rate of 120% could be adopted for projection of population.

• Population planned for Greater Noida for the year 2001 was 3 Lacs.

• Assuming this population as a base, population for G.N for 2011 is 6.6 Lacs, for the

first phase.

• Average growth rate of other NCR cities was calculated to be about 93% in the

second phase.

• On this basis, the population of G.N for the year 2021 works out to be 12.7 Lacs.

19.2 Pollution Sources

Pollutants generated in the development of proposed project during both construction and

operational phases are solid, liquid and gaseous in nature. Also the generation of pollution

could be continuous, periodic or accidental. Sources of pollutants and their characteristics

during the construction and functional phase are given in Table 1.2


Table 19.2: Pollutant Sources and Characteristics

S.I. Activity / Area

Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics

Frequency


Preparation Air emission-PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2

a. Dust from construction activities and excavation.

b. Particulates matter, NO2 and CO from Vehicle exhaust

a. Temporary during construction phase only.

b. Bulk of the emissions are expected from ground working and leveling activities.

Earth / Solid waste


Periodic

Noise Noise generated from construction equipment machinery and vehicles

Temporary during initial construction phase


Sewage Sewage generated from temporary labour camps on site




3 Construction activities

Air emission

• Dust from transportation of vehicle & construction activities

• Emission from DG sets • Loading and unloading

activities • Concreteting

Temporary during construction phase only.

Functional Phase

1 Vehicular Movement Air emissions and Noise

Vehicle exhaust emissions

Continuous / periodic

2 Diesel generators Air emissions SO2, NO2, PM, CO from fuel burning

Occasional during power failure

Noise Noise due to running of equipment


Hazardous Waste Used Oil Generation Occasional during oil changes

3 LPG Cylinders/ PNG Thermal / Blast Effect

Accidental Explosion due to LPG leaks and

Accidental


fire 4 Maintenance /

Housekeeping Wastewater Floor washing/ sewage Continuous Solid waste Kitchen, household and

garden wastes Biodegradable & Continuous

Hazardous waste Paints, emulsions, oil & biomedical


e-waste Softwares & hardwares Continuous 5 Air Conditioners/

HVAC Air emission Ozone Depleting

substance release Continuous

6 Vehicle Parking Area

Oil spills Minor oil leaks In parking space


7 Storm water drains Waste water Contamination discharge from site-mainly suspended solids

During rainy season

19.3 Impact Identification

The areas of environmental concerns for which the impacts and their predictions are taken

into consideration are mainly:

• Air Environment

• Water Environment

• Noise Environment

• Land Environment

• Biological Environment

• Socio economic Environment

• Aesthetic Environment

The impacts can be further categorized as positive impacts and negative impacts depending

upon their nature, potential and magnitude.

19.3.1 Environmental Aspects of Development & Construction Operations

Ø Generation, storage, and disposal of construction wastes;

Ø Noise pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;

Ø Air pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement;

Ø Generation and disposal of wastewater;

Ø Impact on ecology and biodiversity

Ø Consumption of natural and other resources such as water, electricity, and diesel

Ø Physical change in landscape due to earth work excavation and related activities


Ø Soil erosion caused due to loss of vegetation and other construction activities

Ø Impact on socio-cultural environment.

19.3.2 Environmental Aspects of Building Planning and Use

Impacts identified during operation of the proposed project and its use includes major concerns such as:

Ø Disposal of domestic (sewage) effluent generated

Ø Increase in noise levels due to transport

Ø Consumption of water and impact on water resources

Ø Impact on traffic on the road

Ø Storm water during rains

Ø Management and maintenance of the project

Environmental aspects of present scheme are not just limited to impact of sources of pollution

but also related to energy conservation, water conservation and other issues, which are

mentioned in Table 19.3.

Table 19.3: Environment aspects other than sources of Pollution

S.I. Area Aspect I. Energy

Conservation Solar Heating, Day Lighting, Design Natural Ventilation, Thermal Transfer value of Building Material, Energy Efficient Building Services and Equipment, Public Area Lighting Exterior Lighting, use of sensors.

II. Water Conservation Use of Recycled Water Water sources for Gardening Rainwater Harvesting

III. Internal Roads and Accesses

Pedestrian Access Ramps for Disabled persons, Road painting and Signage Speed Breakers, bus bays

IV. Material Use Construction Materials Selection Renewable woods Paint Selection Use of Recycled Materials Low VOC materials Use of Timber, use of fly ash etc

V. Aesthetics during functional Use

Visitors Parking Floor washing arrangements Air conditioning arrangements Standby Power Supply


Provision for Garden and green, Public parks and walking footpaths Maintenance Staff

VI. Facilities for proposed project

Rest Rooms with toilets for public Visitors and Security Persons. Rest room for old and differently abled persons

19.4 Assessment of Environmental Impacts During Development And Construction Phase

19.4.1 Land Use Pattern

Land use pattern has already been worked upon and fixed by GNIDA, taking into various

factors such as topography, contours, wetlands, RF/ PF and drainage etc. The residential

sector has been planned away from industrial sector, so as to minimize the effect on

environment and health effects of the residents.

19.4.2 Land Environment

Impact

For construction of residential units, soil will be excavated for foundations and basement

development. During the disposal of redundant excavated soil, it could be lost permanently.

Mitigation measures

The soil excavated during construction should be first temporarily stored in an area

earmarked and then shall be used to fill up low lying area in and around the project site and

rest of the soil shall be transported by road to fill up low lying areas elsewhere. Proper

drainage system shall be provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain. The impact on

soil during construction phase will be marginal and reversible in the nature.

It is proposed to remove vegetative cover only from the specific site on which construction is

to take place and allowing minimal disturbance to the vegetation in adjacent areas. Land

clearing activities will only be confined to necessary areas. The top soil will be stripped from

construction areas and stockpiled for later reuse in landscaping. The number, frequency and

area of movement of heavy machinery will also be restricted.

19.4.3 Water Environment


19.4.3.1 Surface Water Quality

Impact

The primary concerns relating to surface water quality associated with construction activities

are as pointed out below:

• Runoff related to unpaved and excavated areas during the rain shower.

• Sediments transported to runoff from the construction site.

• Run off related to area where lubricant, fuel other materials are stored, used

and disposed, off.

Surface water quality may be affected with the discharge of the runoff from the project site.

The impact to the surface water bodies could arise from the increased soil erosion from

excavated site only causing increase in the suspended particles and turbidity of runoff water

from the site. However, the impact will be temporary in the nature and would be observed in

first rain only and excavated soil at site would be stabilized thereafter. Therefore, the surface

water quality during rains will be impacted marginally for very short duration.

Mitigation Measures

During the construction phase, surface water quality is likely to be affected due to soil

erosion during first rain and generation of wastewater mainly from construction labour camp.

However, this phenomenon will be temporary and restricted to close vicinity of construction

site. The impact on surface water quality can be minimized by adopting following measures;

Ø Excavation during dry season and proper management of excavated soils,

Ø Clearing all debris and construction waste from site as soon as construction is over.

Ø By providing proper hutment and toilet facilities for construction labour in the form of

portable toilets and mobile STP, if possible.

Ø Through the proper disposal of waste water generated at site with its final outfall to

municipal sewers.

19.4.3.2 Groundwater Quality

Impact Hazardous chemicals and materials (in form of paints, varnishes, corrosive agents, and

chemicals) may be used in the development and construction phase of individual projects.

Hazardous and non-hazardous wastes generated during this phase should be collected and

disposed suitably. Therefore, possibility of contamination of ground water will be negligible.


Hence, impact anticipated on the ground water quality during the construction phase can be

minimized.

Mitigation Measures

A well planned solid waste management plan should be followed during the construction

phase including timely collection, segregation and disposal as per legal requirements.

19.4.3.3 Surface and Ground Water Hydrology

i. Surface Water Hydrology

Impact The city area falls in the drainage basin of Yamuna River and Hindon River, protected by

bandh roads. Runoff during rains will take away loose earth or other loose objects, to

natural drain and to storm water drains laid in the area. During construction phase, there

is no impact anticipated on the drainage pattern of the project area.

Mitigation Measures

Project proponents of Individual project will ensure zero impact on runoff water by

minimizing waste, determining flow direction and drainage pattern of the area and by

providing adequate water channel throughout the construction of the project.

19.4.3.4 Ground Water Hydrology

Impact

Water will be required for site preparation activities such as dust settlement,

consolidation, compaction and curing as well as building construction and drinking water

purposes. The requirement of construction water will put a pressure on the available

ground water resources of area.

Mitigation Measures

Significant impact is anticipated on the groundwater regime if ground water or private

tankers are used for construction purpose. Therefore, to minimize the impact on ground

water resources, it should be adopted as a policy by GNIDA to use treated water from

nearby CSTP or Individual STP. GNIDA could commercially sell treated water from

CSTP to the builders, benefitting in 3 ways:


• Utilization of treated water from CSTP, thus preventing its disposal in nearby water

bodies.

• Minimizing the pressure on ever growing demand of ground water.

• Generation of revenue for GNIDA

It is proposed to carry out the following to further minimize the demand on water resources:

• Curing water may be sprayed on concrete structures and free flow of water shall not

be allowed.

• After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures may be painted with curing

chemical to save water to stop daily water curing hence save water.

• Concrete structures will be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then water

sprayed on them to avoid water rebound and ensure sustained and complete curing.

• Ponds will be made using sand to avoid water flowing away from the flat surface

while curing.

• Water ponding will be done on all sunken slabs. This will also highlight the

importance of having an impervious formwork.

19.4.4 Soil

Impact

The excavated top soil during construction of each residential project should be first

temporarily stored in an area earmarked and later be used to fill up low lying area in and

around the project as well as for landscaping of project site. Proper drainage system shall be

provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain.

During the development and construction phase, some amount of debris, cuttings of

construction materials will be observed at construction site.

Mitigation Measures

Solid waste generated during the construction phase should be properly collected and

segregated as plastic, metal, and other and shall be disposed off as per the standard practice.

Recyclable waste should be reused in different application and non usable items should be

disposed accordingly.

Construction/ demolition (C&D) waste needs to be focused upon in view of


(i) The potential to save natural resources (stone, river sand, soil etc.) and energy, (ii) Its bulk which is to be carried over long distances for dumping at landfill sites, (iii)Its occupying significant space at landfill sites and (iv) Its presence spoils processing of biodegradable as well recyclable waste.

Management of C& D Waste

• Plan a separate line of collection and transportation of C&D waste

• Separate storage of C&D waste for different categories of generators (household,

institutional, infrastructure)

• Processing for better utilization (even fine material can be used as inert daily cover at

sanitary landfill)

• Disposal of only the portion which cannot be gainfully used and

• A mechanism to identify and locate generators of C&D Waste.

• Construction/ demolition debris should be managed in such a way that one man's trash

is another man's treasure. C&D waste has potential use after processing and grading.

• C&D waste can be effectively used in several ways:

• As inert fill material for low lying areas, landscaping

• Processed C&D waste can be used for road and embankment construction

• Finer grade can be moulded into blocks and slabs with appropriate binder

• The debris generated on the site of construction or demolition may be collected by

vendors authorized by GNIDA and sold at places requiring leveling or compaction.

Thus, the impact on soil during construction or demolition phase, if properly checked by

individual builders and GNIDA, will be marginal and reversible in nature.

19.4.5 Transport Linkage and Traffic

Impact

During development and construction phase, labour and construction material loaded vehicles will approach the project site. Pollution due to dust emissions, exhaust fumes from vehicles and noise is anticipated to be generated.

Mitigation Measures

• The vehicles used should be PUC certified.


• Transported material should be properly covered with tarpaulin sheets to minimize dust

emissions.

• Use of horns should be minimized in residential areas.

• Movement of heavy trucks and trolleys should be limited to specific hours of day.

• Sprinkling of water on haulage route, if need be.

19.4.6 Energy Resources

Impact

During the construction phase of various residential complexes, the source of electrical

supply would be Noida Power Cooperation (NPC), with back up supply of D.G sets, if need

be.

Mitigation Measures

• During construction phase, power requirement must be kept minimum with riders from

NPC.

• Use of low sulpher diesel D.G sets

• Use of biofuel or gas based gensets.

19.4.7 Air Quality

A. Emission Sources during the Construction Phase The potential sources of air emissions during the construction and development phase of the

project will be as follows:

Ø Dust from earth works (during site preparation)

Ø Emissions from power generator at site

Ø Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines

Ø Fugitive emissions from vehicles running to site

Ø Fugitive emissions during the unloading of material at the site

Ø Fugitive emissions during mixing of cement with other building materials during

development and construction activities

Ø Air emissions other than dust arise from combustion of hydrocarbons. The pollutants of

concerns are NO2, SO2, CO, suspended particulate matter.

B. Potential Impacts Ambient air quality effects are normally assessed in relation to their potential to cause:

Ø Health deterioration and nuisance in local communities


Ø Health deterioration amongst onsite workers

C. Assessment of the impacts due to Dust Emissions

During the excavation of basement, foundations, unloading of construction material, cement

bags and mixing of cement with other building materials, fugitive dust emissions may be

emitted at construction site. It may be noted that these emissions would be in the form of

coarse particulate matter PM10 & PM2.5 and will be settled down ultimately in the close

vicinity of construction site. The proposed mitigation measures for the above are:

Ø The excavated soil shall be stored and used in landscaping.

Ø The dust emissions shall be controlled by regular sprinkling of water during

earthwork and construction

Ø Cement bags shall be placed in covered areas. Sand and bricks shall be covered with

tarpaulin to avoid dispersion of material in air.

Ø The approach roads to the proposed site are good metaled roads, therefore during

material handling there shall be least spread of dust in the environment.

Ø It is mandatory for all automobiles vehicles to maintain the quality of exhaust

emissions within permissible standards.

Ø The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at site

are not polluting the ambient environment.

Ø Pollution under Check (PUC) certificate provision at entry gate.

D. Assessment of the impact due to Diesel Generators Emissions from the DG sets during construction phase may cause some localized impact on

ambient air quality for short duration, as these will be operated during power failure only.

Mitigation Measures

• Adequate height of stacks will be provided to the DG sets as per guidelines of CPCB to

facilitate the dispersion of flue gases into the atmosphere.

• Adequate dust control systems in the form of installation of batching plants, and loose

material handling in covered sheds.

• Dust suppression system to be provided where ever necessary. Encouraging covering of

scaffolding, hosing down road surfaces and cleaning of vehicles especially during the dry

season.


• Avenue and curtain plantation on the internal roads and peripheral plantation around the

site will also be developed.

19.4.8 Noise Impact During the construction phase of different residential projects, noise will be generated from

various sources. Some major sources of noise generation at project site are listed here under:

Ø Generation of noise during movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading &

unloading activities.

Ø Generation of noise from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other construction

machines.

Ø Generation of noise during the operation of Gensets.

Ø Generation of noise during concreting, hammering, etc.

All the above-mentioned sources of proposed development and construction activities will be

intermittent and would be experienced occasionally.

The expected noise levels from various activities are given hereunder:

Table 19.4: expected noise levels from various activities

S. No Construction Equipment Typical Sound

Typical Sound Pressure Level At

50 Feet dB (A)

1. Dump Truck 88 2. Portable Air Compressor 81 3. Concrete Mixer (Truck) 85 4. Jack Hammer 88 5. Scraper 88 6. Dozer 87 7. Paver 89 8. Generator 76 9. Pile Driver 101 10. Rock Drill 98 11. Pump 76 12. Pneumatic Tools 85 13. Back Hoe 85

Source: Cunniff, Environmental Noise Pollution 1977.

Mitigation Measures

To minimize impacts of noise generation from construction activities, the workers will be

provided with ear muffs and other protection devices. D.G. Sets with proper acoustic


enclosure for controlling noise would be installed. Construction activities shall be limited to

day time only.

• Acoustic barriers should be placed near construction sites.

• The maximum noise levels near the construction site should be limited to 75 dB (A)

Leq (5 min.) in industrial areas and to 65 dB (A) Leq (5 min.) in other areas.

• There should be fencing around the construction site to prevent people coming near

the site.

• Materials need not be stockpiled and unused equipment to be placed between noisy

operating equipments and other areas.

• Constructing temporary earth bund around the site using soil etc, this normally is

hauled away from the construction site.

19.4.9 Economic Impacts

Relatively long-lived economic impacts of the development and construction phase are likely

to be experienced in local area as workers make everyday purchases from local traders in

nearby areas.

This is likely to give a stimulus to the traders as they would benefit from day to day

purchases of workers. Noticeable, flow-on economic impacts will be experienced in other

sectors of economy as a result of purchase of construction materials and the payment of

wages and salaries to the personnel engaged in the development and construction of various

residential Complexes. Once the development and construction will complete, there will be

some long-term positive impact on the economic structure of the area. People in the area will

get direct / indirect employment opportunities and other benefits from the residents of the

proposed project. Therefore, overall positive impact is anticipated on economy of the area

due to development and construction activity.

19.4.9.1 Socio-Economic

During the development and construction of various projects, many skilled, semiskilled and

unskilled workers per day will get direct employment opportunity, which will have beneficial

impact on the socio-economic conditions of the area.

19.4.9.2 Construction Camp


Impact During the development and construction phase, most of the laborers will be from local areas.

Temporary labor camps should be constructed to accommodate the laborers at the project

site.

Mitigation Measures

Suitable measures should be taken at the construction camps to mitigate anticipated impacts

due to temporary accommodation of laborers such as fuel consumption, health effects due to

unhygienic conditions by making provisions of clean drinking water, adequate toilet

facilities, medical aid, crèche facilities for the children of workers, water and solid waste

disposal system. Mobile toilets and mobile STPSs should be set up to ensure hygiene and

proper disposal of waste at site.

Other safety precautions to be maintained at work site include provision of PPEs, guarding of

dangerous machine parts, maintenance of equipments as hoists and lifts etc, and adequate

provision of different types of fire extinguishers. All applicable rules and regulations

pertaining to workplace health and welfare of workers should be adhered to.

19.5 Assessment of the Environmental Impacts During Post Construction Phase

19.5.1 Land Environment

Impact

During the operation phase of various residential projects, the soil may get eroded/ polluted/

contaminated from littering of various kinds of wastes generated within the site such as food

items, paper, wood pieces, paints, pesticides, oil & grease etc.

Table 19.5: Projected Solid Waste Generation

S.N Population Rate Waste Generated 1 12.7 Lacs 0.5 kg 635 T ~700 TPD

Solid Operation Phase

Quantity of municipal Waste 700 tons Nature of solid waste Organic waste: Wastes vegetables, flowers and foods

Inorganic waste: Papers, Cartons, thermocol, plastics, polythene bags and glass etc.

Collection, Treatment and disposal

Municipal solid waste generated during construction and operational phases will be collected, treated and disposed as per the Municipal solid waste (Management &


Handling) Rules, 2000. Recycling The inorganic wastes comprising recyclable materials,

such as paper, plastic, glass etc., will be sold to prospective buyers.

Mitigation Measures

To ensure against any chances of soil pollution, it is imperative to establish a well planned

solid waste collection system covering all areas of the site, from door to door for the

residential units. An identified area should be designated for storage and segregation of the

wastes which should be treated/ disposed as per their characteristics.

• Generated Solid waste shall be segregated & collected on common solid waste

collection center at site, from where it will be transported to the nearest landfill site by

the hired waste management/GNIDA for their treatment and disposal.

• Following steps have been proposed to GNIDA for collection, treatment and disposal

of MSW:

• Step 1: Segregation of MSW at source and collection.

• Step 2: Transportation of MSW at facility

• Step 3: Segregation of MSW at facility for processing

• Step 4: Shredding of the compostable waste to desired particle size

• Step 5: Treatment of biodegradable waste through composting/Biogas generation.

• Step 6: Disposal of non biodegradable waste into sanitary landfill facility

• An MSW site of 11.08 Ha has been earmarked at village Astoli which will cater to the

MSW (EC has been granted for the MSW site).

• Ramky & BOWML have been authorized to manage hazardous and biomedical waste,

as per CPCB norms.


19.5.2 Water environment

19.5.2.1 Water: Demand & Supply

Table 19.6 a: Projected Fresh Water Requirement upto 2021

S.N Particulars Rate of water supply Water Demand (MLD)

1. Urban* Water Requirement Rate of fresh water supply - 65 lpcd for 12.7 lacs population

82.55

2. Urban* Unaccounted Water Requirement

Rate of fresh water supply - 15 lpcd for 12.7 lacs population

19.05

3. Industrial Water Requirement

Rate of fresh water supply 4.5 litres per sqm of industrial area

171.50

4. Total Fresh Water Requirement

Urban* & Industrial 273.1 or 273

*Urban= Residential/ Institutional/ Commercial

Table 19.6 b: Projected Recycled Water Requirement upto 2021

S.No. Particulars Rate of water supply Water Demand (MLD)

1. Urban Flush water Rate of fresh water supply - 21 lpcd for 12.7 lacs population

26.67

2. Recycled Water for low end uses

Horticulture (Minimum of 3,579.80 Ha + Individual unit green area),

50

DG Set, HVAC cooling, Road washing & other uses

10

3. Total Recycled Water Required

87

Water: Demand & Supply

• Source of Fresh water is Municipal Supply (Ground Water & Ganga Jal)

• 85 cusec Ganga water supply shall be available from Upper Ganga Canal to supplement the ground water source for meeting the future needs for which work has been implementing by M/s U.P.R.N.N. and GNIDA and proposed to be completed in a period of 3 years.


• The Plan Area has been divided in different water supply zones. At present approximately 500 km length of water supply lines, 35 Nos over head tanks and 110 Nos Tube wells have been constructed in the developed area.

• In each zone, one zonal central water reservoir of 4 hours capacity has been proposed near overhead tanks

• This would reduce the burden on ground water resources (existing source of water supply)

19.5.2.2 Sewage Generation

• The rate of water supply has been taken 65 LPCD and interception factor has been taken 0.80.

• The total sewage generation is estimated to be 240 MLD (273 MLD Fresh+ 27 MLD Flushing Water, at 80%) for 12.7 lakh population.

• Capacity of the existing STP is 137 MLD and its operational and situated near village Kasna and 7 nos. STP are proposed at different location of Greater Noida, for future expansion.

• Total STP capacity for Population as per Master Plan 2021 = (137+15+20+12+72+158+50+42)= 506 MLD

• Different technologies for sewerage treatment plant have been evaluated. Mainly SBR technology is proposed to be adopted.

• The treated effluent will be well within the limit set by Central Pollution Control Board and shall be recycled for low end uses. Surplus treated water shall be discharged into the river and in agricultural fields.

19.5.2.3 Water Hydrology

i Surface water hydrology Impact

The sewage effluents generated, if disposed into nearby water bodies will lead to serious

impacts on the water quality, micro/ macro flora and fauna, water borne diseases etc.

Mitigation Measures

Waste water generated from residential schemes should be treated onsite in STP. GNIDA should ensure the provision of in-house STP for areas equal to or more than 2000 m2 plot


area or built up areas equal to or more than 20,000 m2 (which is also a mandatory environment clearance condition). Tertiary treated water should be recycled within the complex for low end uses while secondary treated water should be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent to CSTP for further treatment. CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture and landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is not needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc. 19.5.2.4 Ground water hydrology

Impact

The fresh water requirement for various residential sectors would be met through municipal supply. Ground water supply (after obtaining permission from competent authorities) through borewells will only be permitted in case of non-availability of municipal supply in a particular area.

Mitigation Measures • Metered water supply to individual bunglows, row houses, and even in flats, with heavy

penalties on wastage.

• Ground water drawn from bore wells should be metered and monitored to check surplus

wastage by levying cess & additional penalties for defaulters.

• Water meters conforming to ISO standards should be installed at the inlet point of water

uptake and at the discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption.

• Encouraging good water use practices by awarding good performers.

• Treated wastewater from the site should be recycled for landscaping, flushing and D.G.

Set cooling to further reduce demand on ground water resources.

• Rainwater harvesting shall be made mandatory to recharge groundwater aquifers from the

open areas as well as roof top of the buildings. Greater Noida Authority has made it

mandatory for plots which are larger than 100 square metres to have arrangements for

rain water harvesting as per the guideline of CGWB. This will not only reduce the

pressure of storm water management system of the project but also recharge groundwater.

• To further lower the water consumption, options of Low flow flushing systems, sensor

based fixtures, waterless urinals, tap aerators etc should be explored and advised to

builders.

• Development and upkeep of wetlands/ ponds for rain water harvesting.


19.5.2.5 Water Quality 1. Surface Water Quality Impact

The sewage effluents generated, if disposed into nearby water bodies will lead to serious impacts on the water quality, micro/ macro flora and fauna, water borne diseases etc.

Mitigation Measures

• No residential unit shall be allowed to release their untreated waste water in water bodies. Waste water generated from residential schemes should be treated onsite in STP. Tertiary treated water should be recycled within the complex for low end uses while secondary treated water should be collected through the sewer line network provided and sent to CSTP for further treatment.

• CSTP treated water could be used for construction purposes, road washing, horticulture and landscape management of city and other public utility services where potable water is not needed such as HVAC cooling in malls, bus stations, libraries, auditoriums etc.

• Surface water quality should be monitored periodically to ascertain that it is not being polluted from any source.

19.5.2.6 Ground Water Quality Impacts

Percolation of the runoff storm water from roads, pavements and other paved and concrete surfaces may result in leaching of oil, grease and other hazardous substances, which will result in ground water pollution. Some of the short & long term impacts identified are:

Table 19.7: Impact on Ground Water Quality

Leachate component

Short Term Impact Long Term Impact

High suspended solids Reduction of light-inhibiting macrophyte growth, sedimentation causing smothering of aquatic life, organic particles increasing deoxygenating through microbial breakdown

Habitat alteration, adsorbed pollutants increase toxicity

High dissolved solids

Increased salinity altering ecology and reducing value of surface waters for abstraction

Groundwater contamination

Dissolved toxic compounds

Direct toxicity to humans (e.g. toxic metals, trace

Biomagnifications, Bioaccumulation


organic compounds) or to aquatic life (e.g. from ammonia toxicity to fish)

Immiscible organic chemicals (e.g. oils and solvents)

Direct toxicity, reduction in deoxygenating rates through water surface, oil coating of plants and animals.

Carcinogenic and mutagenic effects on aquatic life.

High oxygen demand

Deoxygenating of surface water. Few plants, invertebrates or fish can survive total deoxygenation

Deoxygenating, ecosystem changes

Mitigation Measures

Solid waste management practices both in public places and residential units will be adopted

and followed to prevent groundwater pollution through leaching.

The storm water from various sites will be used for recharging groundwater resources after

adequate treatment of the storm water through oil and grease traps and filtration.

To avoid any water or soil pollution due to leakage, suitable management practice will be

adopted for the same, as detailed in EMP.

19.5.3 Impact of Air Emissions Sources

The possible air emissions attribute to post construction phase of the proposed scheme may

be classified as below:

Impact

During the post construction phase, cars, scooter/motorcycle will be owned by the

residents/workers of various residential projects. Vehicular emissions will be major sources

of air pollution on approach road, bypass road and will depend upon the traffic density on the

road at particular time. Quantum and dispersion of pollution from vehicular emission will

depend upon the following.

• Volume of traffic at the roads

• Meteorological conditions.

• Emission sources from automobiles engines (petrol/diesel)

From the vehicular emissions, NO2 and SO2 will be pollutant of primary concern. The

dispersion of vehicular emissions would be confined within up to 100 m from the road and

concentration will decrease with the increase in distance from road. It is anticipated that the


contribution of vehicular emissions in ambient air quality will be marginal but shall be below

the stipulated National Ambient Air Quality Standards for NO2 (80 µg/m3). At higher wind

speeds the dispersion will be faster.

Mitigation Measures

• In the city, green belt shall be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads,

which will also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants.

• Heights of stacks attached to DG set shall be as per the stipulated guidelines of Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) to facilitate natural dispersion to exhaust gases,

discharged into the atmosphere form DG sets.

• Pick up vans, Car pooling and public transportation (like bus, metro) should be

encouraged.

• Monitoring of various parameters of air (CO, PM2.5, PM10, NO2 and SO2) at strategic

locations.

• Open burning of tyres should not be allowed, as banned by National Green Tribunal

(NGT)

• All vehicles should have PUC certificate.

• Heavy penalty for defaulters.

19.5.4 Impact of Noise

Noise is a major nuisance in the society. Considering the noise emanating from various

sources such as vehicles, use of loudspeakers, use of mixers, pressure cookers, washing

machines, music systems, drill machines have a detrimental effect on the people around them,

and in turn effects the noise environment of the city as a whole.

Mitigation Measures

Noise from residential units can be minimized through awareness and education, by sensitizing residents about the nuisance loud noise causes to people living around them, specially, infants, students, invalids, senior citizens etc.

In case of group housings, RWA should be the complaint redressal body which should impose fines on defaulters.

Some other noise sources and their mitigations are:

Public Address System


• License must be obtained by all parties intending to use loudspeakers or public

address system for any occasion.

• Public address system and loudspeakers should not be used at night between 9 p.m. to

6 a.m. except in closed premises.

• Loudspeakers should be directed at the audiences and not away from audience (i.e.

not towards the neighbourhood).

• Loudspeakers should not be allowed for advertisement and commercial activities.

• The permitted strength of power amplifier should be just adequate to cover the

audience, and noise level beyond the boundary limit of the noise source premises

should not be increased by more than 5 dB(A) above the ambient noise level.

Burning of Crackers

• Manufacture and sale of crackers having an impulsive noise having an impulsive

noise of more than 90 dB at 5 meters distance from the site of bursting should be

banned.

• Manufacture and bursting of crackers should be banned.

• Bursting of crackers during night between 9 p.m. and 6 a.m. should be banned.

• Bursting of crackers may be permitted only during public festivals.

19.5.5 Impact on Socio-economic Environment

• Impact

The predominant potential impact on the socio-economic environment shall be loss of

agricultural land as presently the core area is being utilized for cultivation activities.

Adequate compensation has been provided to the landowners by the authorities and now the

land use has been finalized in Greater Noida Master plan 2021.

Development of various residential projects will provide adequate employment opportunities

to the local people. During post construction, many persons will get direct employment

opportunity to be engaged in management, maintenance and security. As an estimate, during

post construction phase, more than 250 persons will get marginal employment opportunities

from a single residential complex having 100 flats. This will help in improving the quality of

life of economically weaker sections of the local area.


Mitigation Measures

To further improve the socio-economic conditions of the area, it may be proposed to employ

mainly local people as workers. The EMC shall be responsible for implementation of the

environment management plans and the pollution control measures to ensure that no

disturbance is caused to the surrounding areas by the scheme activities.

19.5.6 Impact on Biological Environment

Impact

Prediction of impacts on biological environment is comparatively difficult due to various

reasons. For prediction of biological environment, adequate information about the structure

and function of an ecosystem is required to be collected. Large amount of long time base line

data is required from the secondary sources but such data is often limited with concerned

authorities. In addition to that the ecosystem with varieties of interactions sometimes behaves

in an unexpected way. Biological impacts on ecosystem are typically predicted in two ways.

• Professional judgment based upon knowledge of the biota and habitat, present

knowledge of the impending impact resulting from similar studies and common sense.

• Similarity models based upon simplifying assumptions and knowledge of the biota &

habitat within the study area, which is predominantly agricultural; Most of the recent

plantation along the roads, residues are of planted varieties, such as Kaner, Neem,

Date Palm, Palm, Kachnar, Gulmohar, Amaltas etc.

The impacts associated with the development of residential sector are:

• Loss of flora present at various sites.

• Hindrance to the local and migratory birds

• Threat to forest patches and wetlands, as they might become waste disposal sites

• The leaching effect of hazardous wastes on Yamuna floodplains and Hindon flood

plains may prove to be harmful for soil microorganisms and aquatic habitat.

Mitigation Measures

As per GNMP 2021, there is no loss of forestland. Special attention has been given to the city’s forest for their protection and development.

i. Gulistanpur PF Block

ii. Rampur Jagir PF Block

iii. Murshadpur PF Block


iv. Amarpur PF Block

Green Areas of 3579.80 Ha (16.09% of the total MP 2021 area of 22,255 Ha) dedicated for green areas.

• A minimum of 15% of Institutional/ Incidental Green (as a mandate by state byelaws) in each individual unit coming up in Greater Noida.

• Road side Avenue plantation along the total stretch of roads (approx. 194 km) in 3 or 2 tier, depending on the road width. Also, evergreen plantation on median of 12m being taken up.

• 25 km long and 100 m wide green belt proposed within the city, to enhance ground water recharge and biodiversity in the area.

• Protected forest area; of nearly 1015 Ha. shall be conserved.

• Wetlands & Hindon River front to be developed to enhance the biological diversity of the area.

• The concept of inter-linked green spaces is a predominant feature in the city structure.

• Provision of artificial nests on trees for nesting of birds to protect local and migratory fauna

Table 19.8: Details of provision of Green Areas

Sl No. Type Percentage Area

1. Green Areas (as per M.P 2021) including PF area 1015 Ha

16.09% 3579.80 Ha

Institutional/ Incidental Green 15% of Total Plot Area Allocated

2711 Ha

Road side plantation 20% of total road area ( 20% of 3300 Ha)

660 Ha

Total 6951 Ha

Table 19.9: List of Plant Species to be planted in the Green Area

S.No Scientific Name Standard Name Time when flowering/Fruiting Occurs 1 Ailanthus excelsa Maharuk January- March 2 Albizia labbeck Sirish January- March

3 Alibizia procera Safed Sirish January- March 4 Alstonia scholaris Chitwan January- April 5 Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamb August-October

2

3


6 Azadirachta indica Neem June-July

7 Bauhinia variegate Kanchan May-June 8 Butea monosperma Palash February-April 9 Cassia fistula Amaltas March-June

10 Emblica officinalis Amla January 11 Erythurina indica Dadap July-August

12 Delonex regia Gulmohar February-June 13 Mangifera indica Aam April-July

14 Nyctanthes arbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year 15 Peltophorum

petrocarpurn Copper pod/Flame Yellow tree

December-May

16 Pongamia pinnata Karanj February-May

17 Spathodea campanulata Pugtoora (African Tulip)

January- March

18 Syzyginum cumini Jamun June-July

19 Tamarindus indica Imli March-April 20 Terminalia arjuna Arjun April-July 21 Ceiba petandra Samal April-July

Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used as in a greenbelt to serve as noise breakers:

• Tectona grandis (Teak) • Butea monosperma (Palash) • Leucana leucocephala (Subabual) • Mangifera indica (Aam) • Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham). • Saraca indica (Asoka)

19.5.7 Transport Linkage and Traffic

Impact It is observed from the traffic count that the maximum capacity of the road utilized near residential sectors in the morning and evening peak hours are about 56% and 59% respectively. The impacts associated are: • Increase in air pollution due to vehicular exhaust • Increase in noise pollution due to vehicular movement • Road accidents

Mitigation Measures • In the city, green belt shall be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads,

which will also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants.


• Pick up vans, Car pooling and public transportation should be encouraged. • Proper signs and barrication near residential complexes • Speed limit to be defined on various roads. • All vehicles should have PUC certificate. • All new internal roads of the sector should be minimum 12m wide. • The provision for NMVs, bus lanes, pedestrian facilities, space for services etc. has been

proposed. • To avoid heavy delays at rail-level crossings ROBs are prepared near Roopwas, Boraki,

Gori Bachera, Sikandrabad crossing, LG factory, and sector Zeta-I.

19.5.8 Energy Resources

Impact

During the operation phase of the project, electric supply will be provided from Noida Power

Corporation Ltd. The development of various residential projects will put a pressure on

energy resources.

• As per plan 2021, the Peak demand has been worked out to be 2080 MVA. The present peak

demand of Greater Noida is 121 MVA.

• Greater Noida for the following years has been worked out.

i) 450 MVA by the year 2010

ii) 950 MVA by the year 2015

iii) 2080 MVA by the year 2021

To meet this peak demand total 11 Nos. 220/33KV Substations having capacity of

2X100MVA, each and 104 Nos. 33/11KV Substations shall be required to be commissioned

in phases as per load demand envisaged.

Mitigation Measures

• To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy

consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance

to the sun’s path.

• Water heating should be encouraged by using solar heaters.

• Street lighting should be 50% solar.

• Use of LED’s should be encouraged by providing subsidy on these lights

• Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.






• Use low voltage lighting.


• New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure to be in conformity to NBC,

ECBC & GRIHA building codes.


19.5.9 Impact on sensitive targets

The sensitive targets include the following:

1. Religious and historical places.

2. Scenic areas

3. Surajpur wetland

4. Areas of scientific and geological interests

Mitigation Measures

• The existing sensitive sites to be protected by creating high impact zones (such as industrial areas) away from them.

• Diversion of traffic route away from such sites to minimize the effect of exhaust fumes • Proper upkeep and maintenance of the sites • Encircling the water body with heavy plantation • Educating the students, citizens, putting up sign boards, placards


20. EMP FOR INSTITUTIONAL SECTOR

20.1 Introduction

The total institutional area planned in G. Noida as per Master Plan-2011 is 1970.03 ha. About 1140 Ha area in Knowledge Park-I, II, II & IV has been planned and developed. There has been a significant demand of land from reputed institutions for engineering, medical, Management College and Integrated schools. Therefore the city is becoming a knowledge hub. The institutions coming up will serve the other areas of NCR also since accessibility and quality infrastructure is being provided in the area. There is a significant demand from Information Technologies (I.T.) and Information Technologies Enable Services (I.T.E.S.) related investors, and the city is likely to become a destination for IT industry also. The Institutional land use comprising of area for Govt./Semi Govt. and Private Institutions and offices, Regional level Institutions (IT and ITES use) and public utilities. The area break up for the same is proposed as follows:-

Table 20.1: Break up of Institutional Sector 2011-2021 S.No Use 2011 (Ha) Upto 2021 (Ha) 1. Govt-Semi Govt,

Private institutions and offices

1200 2050

2. Regional level

Institute (IT and ITES)

1002.70 1002.70

3. Public utilities 200.0 350.0 Total 2502.7 3502.7

The facilities of higher order like technical institutions, R & D centre, medical colleges, vocational colleges, hospitals etc. have been provided in the city level institutional area which shall not only be serving the city level but the whole of NCR ultimately the city is emerging as a knowledge hub.

Institutional Facilities for education, health, religion, offices etc., have been developed both at the sector and city level. Plots for education and medical facilities have been allotted in all the residential sectors to meet the local requirement. Institutions include eminent schools for higher secondary education. Besides, there are scores of engineering colleges, business schools, technical institutions and other prominent institutions under both public and private sectors. Few more schools and colleges of International repute are coming up in G. Noida which will add to the quality and quantity of Educational infrastructure.


The G. Noida Authority has allotted an area of about 570 ha for large plots (Minimum plot size of 10 acres) for Information Technology (I.T.) and Information Technology Enabled Services (I.T.E.S.). 20.2 Pollution Sources

Pollutants generated in the development of proposed project during both construction and operational phases are solid, liquid and gaseous in nature. Also the generation of pollution could be continuous, periodic or accidental. Sources of pollutants and their characteristics during the construction and functional phase are given in Table 1

Table 20.2: Pollutant Sources and Characteristics S.I. Activity /

Area Pollutant Pollutant Characteristics Frequency


Preparation Air emission-PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NO2

c. Dust from construction activities and excavation.

d. Particulates matter, NO2 and CO from Vehicle exhaust

c. Temporary during construction phase only.

d. Bulk of the emissions are expected from ground working and leveling activities.

Earth / Solid waste


Periodic

Noise Noise generated from construction equipment machinery and vehicles

Temporary during initial construction phase


Sewage Sewage generated from temporary labour camps on site




Functional Phase 1 Vehicular Movement Air emissions

and Noise Vehicle exhaust emissions

Continuous / periodic

2 Diesel generators Air emissions SO2, NO2, PM, CO from fuel burning


Noise Noise due to running of equipment



Hazardous Waste Used Oil Generation Occasional during oil changes

3 LPG Cylinders Thermal / Blast Effect

Accidental Explosion due to LPG leaks and fire

Accidental

4 Maintenance / Housekeeping

Wastewater Floor washing Continuous Solid waste Used equipment parts

and garden wastes Continuous

5 Air Conditioners Air emission Ozone Depleting substance release

Continuous

6 Vehicle Parking Area

Oil spills Minor oil leaks In parking space


7 Storm water drains Waste water Contamination discharge from site-mainly suspended solids

During rainy season

20.3 Impact Identification

The areas of environmental concerns for which the impacts and their predictions are taken into consideration are mainly: • Air Environment • Water Environment • Noise Environment • Land Environment • Biological Environment • Socio economic Environment • Aesthetics Environment The impacts can be further categorized as positive impacts and negative impacts depending upon their nature, potential and magnitude.

1. Environmental Aspects of Development & Construction Operations • Generation, storage, and disposal of construction wastes; • Noise pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement; • Air pollution due to plant, machinery, equipments and vehicle movement; • Generation and disposal of wastewater; • Impact on ecology; • Consumption of resources such as water, electricity, and diesel • Physical change in landscape due to earth work excavation and related activities


• Soil erosion caused due to loss of vegetation and other construction activities • Impact on socio-cultural environment.

2. Environmental Aspects of Building Planning and Use Impacts identified during operation of any institutional project and its use includes major concerns such as: • Disposal of domestic (sewage) effluent generated • Increase in noise levels due to transport • Consumption of water and impact on water resources • Impact on traffic on the road • Storm water during rains • Management and maintenance of the project Environmental aspects are not just limited to impact of sources of pollution but also related to energy conservation, water conservation and other issues, which are mentioned in Table 2.

Table 20.3: Environment aspects of proposed scheme other than sources of Pollution S.I. Area Aspect I. Energy

Conservation Solar Heating, Day Lighting, Design Natural Ventilation, Thermal Transfer value of Building Material, Energy Efficient Building Services and Equipment,

Public Area Lighting Exterior Lighting, use of sensors.

II. Water Conservation Use of Recycled Water Gardening Water sources Rainwater Harvesting

III. Internal Roads and Accesses

Pedestrian Access Ramps for Disabled persons, Road painting and Signage Speed Breakers

IV. Material Use Construction Materials Selection Paint Selection Use of Recycled Materials Use of Timber, use of fly ash etc

V. Aesthetics during functional Use

Visitors Parking Floor washing arrangements Air conditioning arrangements Standby Power Supply Provision for Garden and green, Public parks and walking footpaths Maintenance Staff


20.4 Water environment (During Construction)

20.4.1.1 Surface Water Quality Impact The primary concerns relating to surface water quality associated with construction activities are pointed out below:

• Runoff related to unpaved and excavated areas during the rain shower. • Sediments transported to runoff from the construction site. • Run off related to area where lubricant, fuel other materials are stored, used

and disposed, off. Surface water quality may be affected with the discharge of the runoff from the construction site. The impact to the surface water bodies could arise from the increased soil erosion from excavated site only causing increase in the suspended particles and turbidity of runoff water from the site. However, this impact will be temporary in the nature and would be observed in first rain only and as soon as rain is over excavated soil at site would be stabilized. Therefore, the surface water quality during rains will be impacted marginally for very short duration. Mitigation Measures . The impact on surface water quality can be minimized by adopting following measures;

• Excavation during dry season and proper management of excavated soils, • Clearing all debris from site as soon as construction is over. • By providing proper hutment and toilet facilities for construction labor in the form of

portable toilets and mobile STP • Through the proper disposal of waste water generated at site with its final outfall to

municipal sewers. 20.4.1.2 Groundwater Quality Impact Debris and wastes generated during construction if not collected and disposed suitably can cause groundwater contamination. Mitigation Measures A well planned solid waste management plan must be followed during the construction phase including timely collection, segregation and disposal as per legal requirements.


20.4.1.3 Ground Water Hydrology Impact Water is required for site preparation activities such as dust settlement, consolidation, compaction and curing as well as building construction and drinking water purposes. The requirement of construction water will put sudden pressure on the available ground water resources of area. Mitigation Measures CSTP treated water (supplied through tankers) must be used for construction purposes. It is proposed to carry out the following to further minimize the demand on freshwater resources:

• Curing water must be sprayed on concrete structures and free flow of water should not be allowed.

• After liberal curing on the first day, all concrete structures should be painted with curing chemicals to save water to stop daily water curing hence save water.

• Concrete structures must be covered with thick cloth/gunny bags and then water sprayed on them to avoid water rebound and ensure sustained and complete curing.

• Ponds must be made using cement and sand mortar to avoid water flowing away from the flat surface while curing.

• Water ponding should be done on all sunken slabs. This will also highlight the importance of having an impervious formwork.

20.4.2 Water environment (Post Construction)

20.4.2.1 Surface water hydrology

Impact During the post construction phase, no water must be taken from water bodies in the area. Further, adequate drainage must be provided at the project site to channelize the storm water for rainwater harvesting.

The sewage effluents generated must be collected through the sewer line network and recycled in STP’s for use in cooling of DG sets, Flushing, horticulture purposes and other low end uses. Mitigation Measures

Provision of rainwater harvesting must be made. The roof tops of buildings must also be connected to the rainwater collection system. This will not only reduce the pressure of storm water management system but also recharge groundwater.


Rainwater harvesting will recharge groundwater aquifers from the open areas as well as roof top of the buildings and other open areas of Greater Noida. Treated wastewater will be recycled for landscaping, flushing and D.G. Set cooling to further reduce demand on ground water resources. Rainwater harvesting will also recharge groundwater aquifers. Water meters conforming to ISO standards should be installed at the inlet point of water uptake and at the discharge point to monitor the daily water consumption. To further lower the water consumption, options of Low flow flushing systems, sensor based fixtures, waterless urinals, tap aerators etc must be explored. The fresh water requirement will be met through the municipal supply of Noida Authority. The developer shall make internal distribution network of water in their projects.

Project

Operational PhaseConstruction Phase

Abstraction ofWater

Releases ofWastewater

Change in SurfaceMorphology

Impact onRunoff/Seepage

Impact on Hydraulics ofWater Courses

Impact On WaterQuality

Environmental Health And Aesthetic Risk

Impact on hydraulics of

water courses

Impact onAquatic Life Cost of Water

Treatment

Impact on Amenity/

Recreation

Impact on socio-cultural Environment

Impact on EconomicOutput

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

Tertiary impact

WATER ENVIRONMENT

Fig 20.1: Water Environment: Construction & Operation Phase

20.4.3 Management of Environmental Parameters


Water Environment The vehicle maintenance area shall be located in such a manner so as to prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized dumping of waste oil shall be prohibited. Fire hydrant and fire extinguishers shall be provided at places vulnerable to fire and explosion. Sites of deposition of building material wastes shall be cordoned. The open drains carrying waste water shall be covered with concrete slabs to prevent the dust fall due to wind erosion and shall be collected in cemented trenches for reutilization to a greater extent. A. Fresh Water To reduce the dependency on Municipal Supply, recycling of water from CSTP’s and STP’s after tertiary treatment is proposed for various low-end uses like flushing, horticulture, cooling of DG set and HVAC also rain water harvesting scheme must be encouraged to recharge ground water and attain sustainable system. The wastage of water shall be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other domestic water conservation measures. Some of the measures are given below:

(i) Waste Water Recycling To reduce the total water requirement, reduce the dependability on municipal sources, to follow the guidelines of EIA and to protect the environment, it is proposed to adopt recycling of some of the treated effluent from CSTP’s and STP’s for the purpose of irrigation, street washing, flushing and any other low end uses.

(ii) Domestic and Commercial Usage • Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra flow toilets & urinals, low flow sinks,

water efficient dish washers and washing machines). • Leak detection and repair techniques. • Re-circulation of swimming pool over spill after treatment. • Awareness Campaign for reduced water use by residents. • Metered water consumption.

(iii) Horticulture • Use of drip irrigation system. • Grouping of plants with similar water requirement. • Use of low volume and low angle sprinklers for greens. • Provide controllers with adjustable watering schedules. B. Rain Water Harvesting


The rainwater from buildings should be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to the surface/under ground drainage network. The entire area shall be sub divided for recharging structures. Desilting tanks and recharge wells must be provided for the desired purpose. The rainwater should be diverted into the desilting tank to remove impurities and the outflow of the desilting tank should be taken into the recharge well. 20.5 Air Quality 20.5.1 Emission Sources during the Construction Phase The potential sources of air emissions during the construction and development phase of the project are be as follows: • Dust from earth works (during site preparation) • Emissions from power generator • Emissions from the operation of construction equipment and machines • Fugitive emissions from vehicles running inside the institute • Fugitive emissions during the unloading of material • Fugitive emissions during mixing of cement with other building materials during

development and construction activities • Air emissions other than dust arise from combustion of hydrocarbons. The pollutants of

concerns are NO2, SO2, CO, suspended particulate matter. Potential Impacts Ambient air quality effects are normally assessed in relation to their potential to cause: • Health deterioration and nuisance in local communities • Health deterioration amongst onsite workers

Assessment of the impacts due to Dust Emissions During the excavation of basement, foundations, unloading of construction material, cement bags and mixing of cement with other building materials, fugitive dust emissions may be emitted at construction site. It may be noted that these emissions would be in the form of coarse particulate matter and will be settled down ultimately in the close vicinity of construction site. Therefore, no significant impact is anticipated due to dust emission during development and construction phase. The proposed mitigation measures for the above are:

• The excavated soil shall be stored and used in landscaping. • The dust emissions should be controlled by regular sprinkling of water during

earthwork and construction.


• Cement bags shall be placed in covered areas. Sand and bricks shall be covered with tarpaulin to avoid dispersion of material in air.

• The approach roads to the proposed site must be good metaled roads, therefore during material handling there shall be least spread of dust in the environment.

• It is mandatory for all automobiles vehicles to maintain the quality of exhaust emissions within permissible standards.

• The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at site are not polluting the ambient environment.

• Pollution under Check (PUC) certificate provision at entry gate. Assessment of the impact due to Diesel Generators Emissions from the DG sets during construction phase may cause some localized impact on ambient air quality for short duration, as these will be operated during power failure only. It may be noted that the DG set power must be used to operate construction equipment only if required. Adequate height of stacks must be provided to the DG sets as per guidelines of CPCB to facilitate the dispersion of flue gases into the atmosphere. Mitigation Measures It is proposed to provide adequate dust control systems in the form of installation of batching plants, and loose material handling in covered sheds. Dust suppression system should be provided where ever necessary. It is further proposed to cover scaffolding, hosing down road surfaces and cleaning of vehicles especially during the dry season. Avenue and curtain plantation on the internal roads and peripheral plantation around the institutes must also be developed. 20.5.2 Impact Air Emissions Sources (Post Construction) Impact Vehicular emissions will be major sources of air pollution and will depend upon the traffic density on the road at particular time. Quantum and dispersion of pollution from vehicular emission will depend upon the following. • Volume of traffic at the roads • Meteorological conditions. • Emission sources from automobiles engines (petrol/diesel) From the vehicular emissions, NO2 and SO2 will be pollutant of primary concern. Erosion of soil due to winds cause dust nuisance in the area.


Project

Operation PhaseConstruction phase

Release of air pollutants

Release of heat

Change in air quality

Impact onVisibility

deposition on water, Land Change in

Micro climatic

Aesthetic impact

Impact onAgricultural production

Impact on flora and

faunaImpact on

Human health

Impact onEconomic output

Impact on socio-cultural environment

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

Tertiary impact

AIR ENVIRONMENT

Fig 20.2: Air Environment: Construction & Operation Phase Mitigation Measures Green belt must be developed in the form of Parks and along the internal roads, which will also works as barrier for the movement of pollutants Required capacity DG sets should be provided at the Institutional Area & Common facilities in case of power failure. Heights of stacks attached to DG set must be as per the stipulated guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) to facilitate natural dispersion to exhaust gases, discharged into the atmosphere form DG sets. The dispersion of vehicular emissions should be confined within 100 m from the institute and concentration will decrease with the increase in distance from road. The dust nuisance created by the excavations, leveling and transportation activities shall be properly controlled by sprinkling of water, providing dust arresting panels, regular removing of construction waste material, proper storage of building material and keeping strict


vigilance on trucks not to create any air pollution. Pollution under Check certificate (PUC) shall be collected at the entry gate of complex.

20.5.3 Air Quality Management To mitigate the impact of pollutants from diesel generator sets and vehicular traffic following measures are recommended for implementation:

- D.G set air pollution control measures - Vehicle emission controls and alternatives - Greenbelt development.

As regards D.G. Sets emission are concerned, the most important pollutant requiring further control is NOx as impact of SO2 emission is minimal because of the use of very less (~0.025%) sulphur in diesel as fuel. 20.5.3.1 Greenbelt Developments Increasing vegetation in the form of greenbelt is one of the preferred methods to mitigate air pollution as plants generate oxygen, serve as a sink for pollutants, and also check flow of dust and reduce noise pollution. Table 3 indicates various species to be used in greenbelt development:

Table 20.4: Species to be used for Air Pollution Abatement via Greenbelt Development

General Pollution Abatement Air Pollution Attenuation Dust Absorbers

Teak, Shisham Palash, Neem Amaltas, Kachnar Subabul, Mohua Aam, Karanj Imli, Baheda Harda, Saj, Jamun

Ficus glomerata (Guler) Terminalia tomentosa (Asan) Acacaia auriculiformis (Babul) Polyalthia longifolia (Debdaru) Ficus benghalensis (Banyan) Mangifera indica (Aam) Nerium odorata (Kaner)

Azadiarchta indica (Neem) Melia azaderach (Mahaneem) Butea monosperma (Palash) Cassia fistula (Amaltas) Bauhinia variegata (Kachnar) Terminalia arjuna (Arjun)

20.5.3.2 D.G. Set

All D.G. sets shall be provided chimney of adequate height above the highest building height as per norms of CPCB for controlling air emissions. DG set chamber shall be acoustically treated. Moreover, D.G sets are only for stand by purpose and shall be operated only for short duration during power failure.


20.5.3.3 Traffic Movement • For vehicles, adequate space for smooth movement and parking shall be provided at the

institute to avoid any congestion and idling state emissions. • Adequate parking must be provided to avoid roadside parking. • Carpooling shall be encouraged to minimize the use of private cars and pick up and drop

system from running metro. • Plantation shall be provided at roadsides and open spaces with the specific species to

attenuate dust and cyclonic winds. • The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at the

institute are not polluting the ambient environment. 20.6 Noise Environment

20.6.1 Noise Impact (During Construction) During the construction phase of project, noise will be generated from the various sources. Some major sources of noise generation are listed here: • Movement of vehicles carrying materials and loading & unloading activities. • Generation of noise from excavation machines, concrete mixer and other construction

machines. • Generation of noise during the operation of DG set. • Generation of noise during concreting, hammering, etc. All the above-mentioned sources at of proposed development and construction activities will be intermittent and would be experienced occasionally. The expected noise levels from various activities are given hereunder:

Table 20.5: expected noise levels from various activities From vehicles bringing materials to the site 70 dB (A) DG set 85 dB (A) Excavation 80 dB (A) Concrete Mixtures 80 dB (A) Hammering 80 dB (A)

Mitigation Measures To minimize impacts of noise generation from construction activities, the workers must be provided with ear muffs and other protection devices. D.G. Sets with proper acoustic enclosure for controlling noise should be installed.


20.6.2 Impact of Noise (Operational Phase) Impact The main sources of noise from the institute are running of D.G. Sets and vehicular traffic. D.G. Sets will provide emergency electricity supply during power failure. This will be intermittent and for short durations. The vehicles plying within the site will be mainly of the students, faculty members and workers and hence are not expected to cause unnecessary noise.

Project

Operational PhaseConstruction Phase

Noise

Change in Ambient Noise Level

Health Risks Migration of Birds, Reptiles& Population

Impact on Work output and Efficiency

Impact on Economic

Output

Impact On Socio-CulturalEnvironment

Activity

PrimaryImpact

SecondaryImpact

Tertiary impact

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Fig 20.2: Noise Environment: Construction & Operation Phase

Mitigation Measures D.G. Sets must be fitted in acoustic enclosures to control the noise generation. Adequate personnel protective equipment (PPE) must be provided to the personnel engaged in D.G. Set room. The traffic noise will diminish within a short distance from the source of origin. Honking within the institute must be discouraged. Proposed rows of plantation will further restrict the noise on either side of the plantation.


20.6.3 Noise Management Measures Noise resulting from operation of construction machinery may constitute an additional environmental stress. Arrangements should be made to provide noise pollution status of the proposed site during construction phase. In case a source is found making significantly higher noise, immediate action should be taken to bring down its noise to a tolerable limit. Workers employed in high noise areas must be rotated to avoid their prolonged exposure to noise. Earplugs/muffs, or other hearing protective wear must be provided to those working very close to the noise generating machinery. Proper maintenance of construction equipments shall be done at regular interval. Following activities shall be taken to control the noise pollution: • D.G. sets shall be acoustically treated to attenuate the noise. • Noise barriers in the form of tree envelope and greenbelt to attenuate noise pollution

shall be planted around the institutions, both sides of the roads and open places. • Good metalled and wide roads should be provided and shall be well maintained for

smooth flow of traffic. • Monitoring of noise levels shall be carried out regularly to ensure that noise level does

not exceed permissible standards. Greenbelt Development: The following species can be used as in a greenbelt to serve as noise breakers:

• Tectona grandis (Teak) • Butea monosperma (Palash) • Leucana leucocephala (Subabual) • Mangifera indica (Aam) • Dalbergia sissoo (Shisham). • Saraca indica (Asoka)

20.7 Land Environment (Construction Phase)

20.7.1 Impacts (Due to Site Preparation) The clearance of site will involve removal of some wild, rain-fed vegetation and shrubs. Substantial quantity of soil will be produced requiring stock piling and back filling. Mitigation Measures To minimize disruption of soil and for conservation of top soil; the contractor shall take the top soil out separately and stockpile it and the same must be utilized for landscape development. Other measures, which would be followed to prevent soil erosion and contamination include: • Maximize use of topsoil for landscaping. • Avoid excavation during monsoon season


• Care should be taken to avoid soil erosion. • To prevent soil contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers shall be used for

storage and transportation of oil/grease and wash off from the oil/grease handling area shall be drained through impervious drains and treated appropriately before disposal.

• Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and re-vegetation of bare areas after the project.

• Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction). 20.7.2 Land Environment (Operational Phase) Impact During the operation phase of the project, the soil may get polluted/ contaminated from littering of various kinds of wastes generated such as food items, paper, wood pieces, paints, pesticides, oil & grease etc.

Mitigation Measures To ensure against any chances of soil pollution, it is imperative to establish a well planned solid waste collection system covering all areas of the institute apart from door to door for the hostels and other residential units and floor to floor for the IT, Institutes and office buildings. An identified area shall be designated for storage and segregation of the wastes which should be treated/ disposed as per their characteristics. The newly formed land shall be brought to normal formation merging with the surrounding environment. Proper slope and stabilization of the ground shall be maintained to drain the surface run-off during monsoon. Necessary action shall be taken on draining system to arrest erosion of soil during severe monsoon and dry summer. Also, tree plantation work along the internal roads and boundaries of the site shall be carried out side-by-side the construction work. Plantation will improve the quality of soil and enhance the aesthetics. 20.7.3 Land Management Plan Soil excavated during construction should be first temporarily stored in an area earmarked and later used to fill up low lying area in and around the project as well as for landscaping of site. Proper drainage system shall be provided to deal with the storm water in case of rain. Solid waste generated during the construction phase shall be properly collected and segregated as plastic, metal, and other and shall be disposed off as per the standard practice. During the development and construction phase, some amount of debris, cuttings of construction materials may be observed at construction site. These wastes must be collected


from time to time during construction phase and reused in different application and non usable items should be disposed accordingly. 20.8 Biological Environment 20.8.1 Impact of Project Activities On Biodiversity Prediction of impacts on biological environment is comparatively difficult due to various reasons. For prediction of biological environment, adequate information about the structure and function of an ecosystem is required to be collected. Large amount of long time base line data is required from the secondary sources. In addition to that the ecosystem with varieties of interactions sometimes behaves in an unexpected way. Biological impacts on ecosystem are typically predicted in two ways. • Professional judgment based upon knowledge of the biota and habitat, present

knowledge of the impending impact resulting from similar studies and common sense. • Similarity models based upon simplifying assumptions and knowledge of the biota &

habitat within the study area, which is predominantly agricultural, these are no reserve forests and no endangered species in the core zone and study area.

20.8.2 Impact on Flora v Construction activity is likely to affect the movement of the animals.

v Increase in noise may affect the feeding, breeding and movement of animals. Felling of

trees may affect the avifauna.

v Likely settling of dust to be generated by movement of vehicles and running of crusher for

construction activities on leaves may results in to stunted growth of vegetation and may

also affect the capacity of production.

v Large numbers of labour population will influx the area during construction phase. The

major threat to surrounding flora is through collection of fuel wood by labour for cooking

purposes and thereby loss of trees.

v Dumping of huge quantity of excavated earth material may lead to loss of flora in the

project area

v The soil erosion due to natural and anthropogenic activities may cause major threat to

survival of vegetation.

Mitigation of Impact: Various kinds of plantation such as curtain, avenue and ornamental plantation and lawns must start during the construction phase itself and maintained during the operation phase. Open space and parks will be fancied through the grasses and ornamental plants. Local and low


water demanding plants that will also be effective as sinks for various pollutants and attract birds must be grown in the site that will contribute in positive to the local ecology. 20.9 Socio-Economic

20.9.1 Impact (Construction Phase) During the development and construction, skilled, semiskilled and unskilled workers will get direct employment opportunity, which will have beneficial impact on the socio-economic conditions of the area. During the development and construction phase, most of the laborers will be from local areas but temporary laborer camps will be constructed to accommodate the laborers at the project site. Mitigation Measures Suitable measures must be taken at the construction camps to mitigate anticipated impacts due to temporary accommodation of laborers such as provision of clean drinking water, adequate toilet facilities, medical aid, crèche facilities for the children of workers, water and solid waste disposal system. Other safety precautions to be maintained at work site including provision of PPEs, guarding of dangerous machine parts, maintenance of equipments as hoists and lifts etc, and adequate provision of different types of fire extinguishers will be made. All applicable rules and regulations pertaining to workplace health and welfare of workers will be adhered to. 20.9.2 Impact (Post Construction) Institutes will provide adequate employment opportunities to the local people and primary and higher education facilities to students. Many people will get direct employment opportunities to be engaged in management, maintenance and security. It will also lead to migration of students from nearby and other areas leading to indirect job opportunities in various sectors.


Table 20.6: Aspect- Impact Socio-Economic Analysis S.no.

Existing variables/situations of Socio-economic Issues :

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts (reasons for variations & bias of representative data).

Mitigation measures.

1 Health and Site Security in the study area.

Physical and mental health of the labour population and the local host community should be serviced through providing effective health care and counseling services.

Health care of the labour during construction phases must be covered by a comprehensive Medical Insurance to meet all kinds of exigencies. Adequate security arrangement must be made to ensure that the local inhabitants and the stray cattle are not exposed to the potentials hazards of construction activities.

2 Health impacts – on mental, physical, and social well being.

Institutional campuses must have tie ups with renowned groups of hospitals to take care of any emergencies. The staff & students must be covered by a comprehensive Medical Insurance.

3 Health & Fitness The infrastructure should designed with facilities for sports as well as recreational activities to ensure that the staff & students are groomed to stay healthy.

Expectations in Fair pay, employee care, social responsibility commitments etc. must be timely met. Greivance redressal mechanism must be made to handle complaints

4 Facilities to employees creating a health and effective work environment :-

Along with the calm working space various other facilities like Food court, foot ball ground, open areas with lush green belt, the aim should be provision of effective working conditions.

The facilities provided will rejuvenate from the stressful modern lifestyles and provide a healthy work environment.

5 Local, Regional, and National Growth and Development:-

The institutional projects will not only suffice the growing demand of local, regional but also national higher education solutions. Special sessions and classes must be held on business etiquettes, negotiation skills, effective communication, leadership, teamwork and analytical skills.

The project shall support and in turn will be supported by the primary, secondary and tertiary sector.

6 Overseas Students:-

The project may also provide seats for NRI students & overseas students.

The foreign exchange will contribute in favour of the country.

7 CSR Benefits The projects must aim to contribute to sustainable community development


in the concerned areas of agriculture, human development, higher education.

8 Loss/gain of culture and religion

The projects must follow universal respect for, and observance and protection of, human rights and fundamental freedoms for all. : It is clearly stated as per the Human Rights, that the obligation of States is to promote universal respect for, and observance of, culture & religion.

The project must promote neither selective, nor relative, but universal respect through contribution in various festivities, equal observance and protection among employees and societies at large in all CSR activities.

Mitigation Measures The EMC shall be responsible for implementation of the environment management plans and the pollution control measures to ensure that no disturbance is caused to the surrounding areas by the scheme activities. The surrounding vicinity should be aesthetically improved as far as possible. 20.10 Energy Resources Impact During the operational phase of any institutional project, electric supply will be provided from State Electricity Board supplemented with DG sets. Mitigation Measures To promote energy conservation, it is proposed to provide the buildings with low energy consuming fixtures maximize availability of natural light and make plans in conformance to the sun’s path. 20.10.1 EMP for Energy Conservation Energy conservation program must be implemented through measures taken both on energy demand and supply sides. Energy conservation must be one of the focuses during the project planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts should consist of the following.

i. Architectural Design • Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design. • Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs. • To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP. • To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule. • Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case

monitored results are above the specified limit.


• Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable environmental laws as ready reference.

• Maintain environmental related records. • Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring laboratories. • Maintain of log of public complaints and the action taken.

ii. Energy Saving Practices

• Promoting use of Solar Water Heating. • Use of energy efficient appliances. • Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy

conservation. • Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for

desired comfort levels. • Use of LEDs and low voltage lighting. • Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings.

iii. Behavioral change on consumption:

• Promoting awareness on energy consumption. • Training students and staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to

such opportunities.

iv. Energy Conservation Measures & Management Plan:

In the Operational Phase, appropriate energy conservation measures & management plans must be adopted in order to minimize the consumptions of non-renewable fuel. The following practices must be adopted.

• The water supply pumping system must be provided with variable speed drive to conserve energy at part load.

• LEDs and T-5 lamps should be promoted.

• 50% street lighting must be powered by solar lighting. LEDs must be used in place of sodium lamps.

The DG sets must be automatically controlled to optimize the usage based on the actual load requirement at any given time. These measures must effectively cut down the electricity/ diesel consumption.


20.11 Environment Management System

For the effective and consistent functioning of the institute, an Environmental Management System (EMS) shall be established at the site. The EMS shall include the following: • An Environmental Management Cell (EMC) • Environmental Monitoring – Personnel Training • Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action • Documentation • Standard Operating Procedures, Environmental Plans and other records.

20.11.1 Environmental Management Cell (EMC)

In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, every institute must create a team consisting of people from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team should undertake the following activities:

1. Operation, maintenance and monitoring of the sewage system. 2. Arrange periodical monitoring of air pollution, noise pollution. 3. Maintenance of roads, gardens, roadside plantations and aesthetic development along

roadsides and parks. 4. Proper collection and disposal of solid wastes. 5. Proper utilization of the recycled water. 6. Proper functioning of water harvesting system. 7. Proper maintenance of D.G. Sets. 8. Checking of Fire fighting arrangements and first-aid boxes. 9. Checking of security arrangements. 10. Maintenance of records of power consumption for lifts, pump house, street lighting

and for other common services. 11. Keep records of expenditure on maintenance of lifts, parks, sub-station equipments

including replacement of bulbs and tubes for street lighting and common area. 12. Take immediate action in case of emergency arising due to accident, fire, gas leakage

or any natural disaster. 13. Updating of Emergency Action Plan. 14. Disaster Management Plan 15. Implementation and monitoring of Corporate Social Responsibility Scheme


20.11.1.1 Composition of Environmental Management Cell

Fig 20.4: Composition of the Management cell

Job profile of Management Cell can be described as follows: (a) Administrative Cell

The cell will be fully responsible for all the administration work and complaints if any and rectifying the issues which may rise either due to students, faculty, or workers or staff working in institutional set ups. (b) Manager EHS

Shall be responsible for implementation of Environmental Management Plan along with Occupational health hazards and assure regulatory compliance (Environment Clearance Conditions and NOC condition) with all relevant rules and regulations responsible for EMS, Health and Safety management system implementation. He shall also be responsible for risk analysis, vulnerability assessment, response action plans, mitigation & implementation strategies and disaster management plan. Coordination with Pollution Control Board and other relevant Government Departments. Manger EHS will be reporting to Head-Projects.

Administrative

EHS/

Occupati

Landscapist/

STP In charge

Co-ordination

with


(c) Horticulturist/Landscapist Shall be responsible for maintenance of garden and lawns. He shall report to EHS Manager. (d) STP In charge Shall be responsible for maintenance, working and operation of Sewage Treatment Plant 20.11.2 Environmental Monitoring

The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implantation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important environmental parameters within impact area, so that any adverse affects are detected and timely action can be taken.

Monitoring of ambient air quality, noise levels, groundwater quality and quantity, soil quality and solid wastes in accordance with an approved monitoring schedule must be carried out. The monitoring protocol and location selection must to be done carefully.

The monitoring will be the responsibility of EMC. The post operational monitoring program will be under the supervision of the Site Engineer at the project site. Monitoring must be carried out by recognized laboratories. Summary: 20.11.2.1 Air Environment: SOURCES MANAGEMENT Dust & emissions from vehicular exhaust.

• Regular sprinkling of water on the haul road. • Speed restriction of all vehicles. • Vehicles will be checked for PUC certification.

The fugitive dust emission sources are: • Excavation • Haul road movements • Construction • Material Handling • Finishing

• Water spraying to prevent dust pollution from different sources of construction.

• All transportation vehicles must be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the vehicles must be avoided.

• Covering of the construction site on all four sides to a considerable height to prevent dust emissions and other pollutants to the surrounding environment.

MANAGEMENT PLAN


SOURCES MANAGEMENT • Exhaust from D.G.

sets • EPA/CPCB certified DG sets conforming to the standards must be

deployed. • D.G. sets must be provided with safe stack height of 6 m above the

roof of the D.G. house. • Low sulphur content fuel (HSD - Sulphur content 0.05%) must be

used. • Emissions due to

vehicular exhausts. Especially congestions during peak traffic hours.

• Sufficient width of driveways to ensure smooth traffic movements. • Provisions of fully internalized parking including the parking

facilities for the visitors. • Guided traffic ways within the institutes. • Speed humps must be installed for speed restrictions inside the

institutional area.

20.11.2.2 Water Environment:

SOURCES MANAGEMENT • Generation of

sewerage

• Temporary septic tank followed by soak pit must be provided.

• Significant water demand for construction.

• Curing water must be sprayed and after liberal curing all concrete structures must be covered with gunny bags. This will conserve water.

• There must be provision of using polymer dispersion and air entraining agents to reduce the water demand for construction.

• Un-captured run off from the site may contaminate ground water aquifers.

• Construction material as well as waste must be stored at the earmarked places and must be covered with a temporary shed ensuring that same is not carried away with storm water.

• The rain water entering into the pit must be screened for the removal of heavy silt and other materials.

• Provisions must be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads.

• Fence must be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through.

• Up slope water must be diverted with turf and due care must be taken not to mix mortar in locations that will drain into storm water system.

• Unsanitary conditions during rainy season.

• The civil contractor will be held responsible for site sanitation and will be bound by the management to adhere to healthy level of sanitation.

• There will be no stagnant water at site, as the runoff from the relevant areas will be systematically drained into the storm water line. There will be provision of cleaning the storm water line periodically.


MANAGEMENT PLAN:

SOURCES MANAGEMENT • Impact on ground

water • Waste water

generation. • Surface / ground water

contamination due to untreated domestic wastewater disposal.

• STP dysfunction • Odor problem • Inland pollution

• Domestic waste water must be treated in sewage treatment plant. • Treated water from STP must be used for flushing, plantation, HVAC

and other low end uses. • No untreated water must be discharged outside the premises. • STP activity Log book • Plants like Nerium, Tulsi, Bushes with mild but active fragrance

• Water usage • Water meter must be installed to monitor the water usage at different sections of the institute; Collected data will help in water conservation objectives.

• Un-captured storm water run-off.

• Flooding or logging of storm water drains

• The runoff from the building terraces, paved areas and landscape areas must be channelized to the rain water harvesting structures designed on the peak intensity of rainfall (40 mm/hr) to accommodate peak surface runoff, which will avoid the problems of flooding.

• The storm water drains must be cleaned in the pre-monsoon phase so that the water logging can be avoided.

20.11.2.3 Solid Waste:

SOURCES MANAGEMENT • Excavated soil • Reutilized within the project premises for surface leveling and

horticulture purposes • Construction waste • The construction waste must be stacked properly.

• The recyclable waste (metal, wood, etc.) should be sold to the vendors • The inert waste (brick, masonry, concrete, etc). should be used for road

making, filling and for strengthening the approach roads.

20.11.2.4 Noise Environment

SOURCES MANAGEMENT Major sources of noise pollution: • Vehicular

• The construction area must be shielded with help of tarpaulin sheets. • Complete construction work especially heavy earth work must be done


traffic • Heavy moving

machinery • Operation of

D.G. sets, etc.

during day time. • Traffic planning and management must be made adequate to ensure

uninterrupted traffic movement in the area so as to minimize the noise due to congestion.

• The vehicles must be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same must be made.

• Moving parts of the machines must be maintained properly so as to avoid metal-to-metal impact noise.

• The D.G. sets used must be eco friendly with minimum noise. • Ear plugs must be provided to the workers.

SOURCES MANAGEMENT • The source of

noise in the post construction phase may be due to the road traffic, operation of D.G. sets.

• D.G. sets must be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure, which will help to contain the noise within the permissible standards.

• Plantation must be done at the periphery so that it can act as a sound barrier.

• The driveways must have sufficient width so that there is no congestion of vehicles during peak hours which lead to increase in the noise levels.

• Entry & exits must be manned with trained & efficient security to ensure smooth flow of vehicles.

• There must be less starting and stopping and the vehicles must be speed restricted to ensure the noise within the permissible limits.


21. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR INDUSTRIAL SECTORS IN GREATER NOIDA

21.1 INTRODUCTION

Many people think of industry as the collective large-scale manufacturing of goods in well-organized plants with a high degree of automation and specialization. Although this is a common example of industry, it can also include other commercial activities that provide goods and services such as agriculture, transportation, hospitality, and many others.

21.2 CLASSIFICATION OF INDUSTRIES

Delhi Pollution Control Committee has issue the consents to the industries to run in the conforming areas of Delhi. Consents were issued only to those Industries that are falling under Green and Orange Category.

1. Industries under Red Categories:

All hazardous/noxious/heavy and large industries, as indicated in MPD-2001 and as added/amended by Central Pollution Control Board and accepted by Supreme Court for the purpose of categorization/identification of various industries under H(a) and H(b) category shall fall under RED category. Industries under Red Category shall not be permitted to operate in the jurisdiction of NCT of Delhi.

2. Industries under Orange Categories:

Industries carrying out activities as classified under Group - F of MPD-2001 and the industries that are not permitted under Green Category, shall be categorized under "Orange Category”.

3. Industries under Green Categories:

• Industries in Small Scale, Cottage/Village category suggested under notification of the State Government/Union Territory for issuance of simplified NOC/Consent from State Pollution Control Board/Pollution Control Committee.

• The industries classified under Group A, A-1, B, C, D, E and G-1 as indicated in MPD-2001 will be considered under the Green Category in the notified industrial areas.

• All those industries or processes which are not covered under the "Red" and/or "Orange" category.


Table 21.1: Classification of Industries situated in Greater Noida: Company Category Product

Asian Paints Ltd. Red Paints Delphi Orange Automotive Systems Denso India Ltd. Orange Auto Parts Devyani Beverages Ltd. Orange Pepsi Soft Drinks Escorts Yamaha Motors Green Motor Cycle Hind Polymers Ltd. Green Plastic Granules Hindustan Adhesive Ltd. - Adhesive Tapes Honda Power Products Red Power Products Honda Siel Cars India Ltd. - Honda Passenger Cars Hongo India Red Automotive Components Hotline Appliances Green Electronics HPCL Ltd. Red LPG Bottling Plant Jay Containers - Ship Containers J.K. Magnetics Ltd. - Audio/Video Tapes Korin India Ltd. - Cielo Rear Suspension L.G. Electronics Green Electronics Majestic Auto Green Two Wheelers Moser Baer - Data storage devices New Holland Tractors - Ford Tractors Nicco Batteries Ltd. - Auto Batteries Punjab Fibres Ltd. Orange Cotton Yarn PushpsonsFibrol Ltd. Red Industrial Oil Pushpsons Industries Ltd. - Cotton Fabrics (100% EOU) ReinzTalbros Ltd. Red Auto parts Sakura Seimitsu Ltd. - Clocks & Watches Samtel Color Ltd. - Colour Picture Tubes Vectra Ltd. - Truck Manufacturer Hindustan Times Green Printing Press Daewoo Electronics Green Electronics Priya Foods Orange Biscuits G S C Toughend Glass - Toughend Glass T-Series - Audio and Video Cassettes Sheela Foams - Mattresses Videocon Green Electronics


4. RESTRICTED INDUSTRIES

List of Negative Industries (Red Category)

9. Smelter Process (Aluminum, Copper, Lead & Zinc) 10. Distillery 11. Dyes & Dyes Intermediate 12. Foundry, Cupola Furnace, Arc Furnace, Introduction Furnace & other Furnaces 13. Tanneries (Vegetable/ Chrome) 14. Pulp & Paper 15. Bone Mills & Allied Industries 16. Stone Crushing

5. Permissible industries after getting Site Clearance from competent authority (State

Government & Central Government)

1. Man Made Fiber 2. Nitric Acid 3. Paints Industries 4. Sulphuric Acid 5. Manufacturing of Asbestos 6. Cement Plant 7. Caustic Soda 8. Fertilizer Industries 9. Integrated Irons and Steel 10. Oil Refinery & Petroleum Refinery 11. Pesticides Industries 12. Pharmaceutical Industries 13. Petro Chemical Industries 14. Synthetic Rubber

6. Permissible Industries (With ETP)

1. Calcium Carbide 2. Cove Oven 3. Composite Woolen Mills 4. Inorganic Chemical Industries 5. Starch & Glucose 6. Toxic Organic Chemical


Note: The industry which does not fall in any of the above mentioned three categories (i.e. Red/ Orange/ Green), decision with regard to their categorization will be taken by a committee at Head. Office level comprising of the Member Secretary and two senior offices of the Board/ Committee.

21.3 Industrial Laws and Rules

Table 21.2: Industrial Laws & Rules Applicable in GNIDA Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981

Cinematograph Act, 1980

Industries (Development & Regulation) Act, 1951

Factories Act,1948

Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act,1981

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)Act 1974

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules 1982

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) (Union Territories) Rules, 1983

Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Rules 1988

Cinematograph Film Rules, 1987 Cinematograph (Certificate) Rules, 1983 Land Acquisition (Companies) Rules, 1963

21.4 INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION

Any form of pollution that can trace its immediate source to industrial practices is known as “Industrial pollution”.Industrial pollution and waste encompass the full range of unwanted substances and losses generated by industrial activities, including emissions to air or surface waters and the substances sent to sewage treatment plants, deposited in landfills, released or applied to the land, treated, injected underground, controlled through storage, recycled or burned for energy recovery.

Environmental Issues

Most of the pollution on the planet can be traced back to industries of some kind. In fact, the issue of industrial pollution has taken on grave importance for agencies trying to fight against environmental degradation. Nations facing sudden and rapid growth of such industries are finding it to be a serious problem which has to be brought under control immediately. There are many different factors that comprise of the issue of industrial pollution.

Causes of Industrial Pollution

1. Lack of Policies to Control Pollution: 2. Unplanned Industrial Growth


3. Use of Outdated Technologies 4. Presence of Large Number of Small Scale Industries 5. Inefficient Waste Disposal 6. Leaching of Resources from our Natural World.

Industrial production contributes goods, services and jobs, but it is also a major source of pollution and waste. This pollution and waste can be classified into six categories :toxic chemicals, criteria air contaminants, greenhouse gases, hazardous wastes, nonhazardous wastes and radioactive wastes. 21.5 EFFECTS OF INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION

21.5.1 Water Pollution:

Industry is a huge source of water pollution, it produces pollutants that are extremely harmful to people and the environment. Many industrial facilities use freshwater to carry away waste from the plant into rivers, lakes and oceans.

Pollutants from industrial sources include:

Asbestos – This pollutant is a serious health hazard and carcinogenic. Asbestos fibres can be inhaled and cause illnesses such as asbestosis, mesothelioma, lung cancer, intestinal cancer and liver cancer.

Lead – This is a metallic element and can cause health and environmental problems. It is a non-biodegradable substance so is hard to clean up once the environment is contaminated. Lead is harmful to the health of many animals, including humans, as it can inhibit the action of bodily enzymes.

Mercury – This is a metallic element and can cause health and environmental problems. It is a non-biodegradable substance so is hard to clean up once the environment is contaminated. Mercury is also harmful to animal health as it can cause illness through mercury poisoning.

Nitrates – The increased use of fertilisers means that nitrates are more often being washed from the soil and into rivers and lakes. This can cause eutrophication, which can be very problematic to marine environments.

Phosphates - The increased use of fertilisers means that phosphates are more often being washed from the soil and into rivers and lakes. This can cause eutrophication, which can be very problematic to marine environments.

Sulphur – This is a non-metallic substance that is harmful for marine life.


Oils – Oil does not dissolve in water, instead it forms a thick layer on the water surface. This can stop marine plants receiving enough light for photosynthesis. It is also harmful for fish and marine birds.

Petrochemicals – This is formed from gas or petrol and can be toxic to marine life.

21.5.2 Air Pollution:

Air pollution is defined as the addition of various hazardous chemicals, particulate matter, toxic substances and biological organisms into the Earth's atmosphere. The first and the number one on the list of the worst pollution caused with help of the industries is air pollution. Because of this pollution the greenhouse effects makes a big step to his completion.

Industrial air pollution, caused by the release of particulates and chemicals during manufacturing, is a serious health problem in industrialized nations. Waste from mechanical and chemical industries is exhausted into the air, much the way a car puts out fumes from its tailpipe. These substances combine with ozone in the air to produce smog, which when inhaled causes breathing difficulties and can kill susceptible people. Air quality monitoring helps alert populations to air pollution levels that may be dangerous. Preventing it requires a combination of legal regulations and technology.

Chemicals that are common in industrial air pollution include volatile organic compounds (VOCs), such as methane benzene, toluene, and xylene, from industrial processes and evaporation of fuel and chemicals. Sulfur dioxide (SO2) and carbon monoxide are produced by combustion of fuel matter, such as petroleum and coal. Various particulates can be expelled by volcanoes, forest fires, and other natural occurrences, but unfiltered air and smoke from fuel combustion and industrial activity accounts for about 10% of man-made particulate pollutants.

Health effects from industrial air pollution are more severe for people who have conditions such as asthma or cardiovascular issues. People most at risk include children, asthma sufferers, others with respiratory problems, and adults who engage in outdoor activities. Susceptible people should pay attention to air quality monitoring announcements and take appropriate precautions, such as staying indoors, wearing a mask, and keeping medications on hand in case they are needed.


21.5.3 Soil Pollution:

Large quantity of solid wastes like unused and rejected chemicals (like calcium carbonate, magnesium sulphate, ferrous chloride, ferrous oxide, radioactive wastes, fly ashes, sludge, press mud, saw dust, bottles, plastic materials) unwanted industrial wastes generated during manufacturing processes (rejection, broken items of metal, plastic, wooden or chemical solids, powders) are dumped over on the surface of soil by almost all industries with difference in the degree. Larger the production base, larger is the generation of wastes. Traditionally, these materials have been dumped around the factory site or around the entire city. Rarely, they are put to recycling or safe conversion.

All these solid materials dumped on surface of soils are bound to change the chemical and physical nature of soil besides contributing large quantity of pollutants to underground water - whenever rain water passes through them. In most situations, solid wastes has caused problems such as foul smell (sugar and paper industry), disturbed air composition (fly ash from thermal power plants and cement industries) changed the physical nature of soil (coal and steel industrial wastes), as well as radioactive dangers (atomic power plants).

Deposition of many agricultural chemicals in the underground layers of soil has disturbed the normal activities of soil including weathering and leaching. Water movement is badly affected in some soils, while in many irrigated soils, water table is built up to set in great change in chemical and biological nature of underground soil. For example living of earthworm, centipede, millipedes, frogs and rats under the ground has been greatly disturbed and their role in ecological equilibrium is badly affected.

Effects of soil pollution in brief: • Pollution runs off into rivers and kills the fish, plants and other aquatic life • Crops and fodder grown on polluted soil may pass the pollutants on to the consumers • Polluted soil may no longer grow crops and fodder • Soil structure is damaged (clay ionic structure impaired) • Corrosion of foundations and pipelines • impairs soil stability • may release vapours and hydrocarbon into buildings and cellars • may create toxic dusts • may poison children playing in the area


21.5.4 Noise Pollution:

Industrial noise refers to noise that is created in the factories which is jarring and unbearable. Sound becomes noise only it becomes unwanted and when it becomes more than that, it is referred to as “noise pollution”. Noise pollution in industries, at every stage by various aspects like welding, hammering, drilling, blowing, running machinery, motors, sheet metal work, lathe machine work, operation of cranes, grinding, turning, riveting, fabricating, forging, compressing, vaccumising, breaking, moulding, steaming, boiling, cooling, heating, venting, painting, pumping, packing, transporting etc. It creates very serious of large-scale noise problems; significantly affect the working people as well as surrounding people. As mechanical noise is the major part of industrial noise and is due to machinery of all kinds and often increases with the type of operation and power capacity of the machines. The characteristics of industrial noise vary considerably depending on specific industrial process. High noise levels common in petrochemical, steel industries, thermal power stations, cement industries, and mines etc., can be due to presence of unsteady force and it’s structural elements caused by moving parts, vibration of heavy equipments, sound from engines, gear, bearings, rotating and reciprocating machines, combustion, fans, pressurized flow, during shifting of raw materials and end products, trucks and dumpers etc. It has been scientifically proved that noise more than 85 decibels’ can cause hearing impairment and does not meet the standards set for healthy working environment. Moreover it can also cause accidents. Industrial noise pollution has many reasons such as industries being close to human habitats which prevent the noise from decaying before it reaches human ear. The advers effects of noise on hearing may be classified into three categories namely, temporary threshold shift (TTS), permanent threshold shift (PTS) and a coustic trauma. Health effects due to noise pollution can result into increase in blood pressure, increased stress, fatigue, stomach ulcers, vertigo, Headaches, sleep disturbance, Dysgraphia, aggression, anxiety, etc. Wildlife Extinction:

The issue of industrial pollution shows that it causes natural rhythms and patterns to fail, meaning that wildlife is affected in a severe manner. Habitats are being lost, species are becoming extinct and it is harder for the environment to recover from each natural disaster. Major industrial accidents like oil spills, fires, and damage to property are harder to clean up, since they have a higher impact ina shorter span of time. Global Warming:


With the rise in industrial pollution, global warming has been increasing at steady pace. Smoke and greenhouse gases are released by the factories into the air, which causes an increase in the greenhouse effect and increase in global warming. Melting of glaciers, extinction of polar beers, floods, tsunamis, hurricanes are few of the effects of global warming. 21.6 INDUSTRIAL MASTER PLAN OF GREATER NOIDA

Greater Noida Industrial Development Authority (GNIDA) is the nodal agency responsible for overall development of the Greater Noida City. The GNIDA was established in Jan. 1991 under the UP Industrial Area Development Act, 1976.The Act mandates Planning, Development, Operations & Maintenance and Regulatory functions to a single agency – GNIDA. Ecotech is Greater Noida's exclusive Industrial area where rights of admission are reserved. In fact, polluting industries are prohibited from setting up here. However, for those allowed in, the Authority ensures not just speedy clearances and approvals but also incentives to promote early commissioning of projects. An effective single-table functioning guarantees project clearance within a month and an empowered committee continuously monitors the progress of these projects.Industrial investment taking place in Greater Noida is now over Rs. 10,000 crores. The proposed Industrial areas are mainly located on the periphery. Industrial complexes of units of similar nature shall be developed comprehensively with urbanization pool of support functions and services to promote small scale sector.


Master Plan of Greater Noida showing Industrial Area

At present industrial area is about 1600 ha. The industrial land is being disposed off at an average rate of 100 ha. per year. Assuming a faster trend to continue for next forthcoming years (2001-2011) 1427.30 ha.(i.e.total land upto 2011- 2027.30 ha.) In the second phase (2011-2021) due to increasing pressure on land the average rate of allotment per year has been marginally increased to 120 ha. per year and the land requirement works out to 1200 ha. (total land upto 2021- 3800 ha.) S.No. Particulars Area (Ha)

2001 %age Area (Ha)

2011 %age Area (Ha)

2021 %age

1 Industrial 1596.96 31.5 3027.3 22.3 4201.23 18.88 Sl. No. Sectoral Land Use No. of Sectors

1991-2001 2001-2011 Upto 2021 1. Industrial 5 13 25

INDUSTRIAL (MANUFACTURING, IT)

Proposed Hitech Industrial Township


21.7 EMP DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Control of pollution during construction phase is of considerable importance. Waste generated from construction activities includes construction debris, waste from the labor tents, and hazardous waste. Besides waste generation, management of topsoil, traffic movement, operation of construction equipments and diesel generating sets, site security and aesthetical development of green area and roadside plantation are some areas for which management measures are required.

Strategy for environmental management in construction work should be based on three-pronged approach comprising of:

• Pollution prevention

• Pollution control

• Protection of pollution recipients The following aspects of construction activity require control measures during the construction phase of the present scheme.

21.7.1 Topography and Physiography

During the development, construction and post construction phase of the proposed project, no significant impact is anticipated on local or regional topography and physiography, hence exhaustive management plan is not required. It is however proposed to carry out extensive turfing with local species apart from proposed plantations and greens.

21.7.2 Soil

Development & Construction Phase

During the construction phase, various kinds of wastes are generated that will be disposed in varied ways. The following measures will be taken to prevent soil contamination at site and ensure waste management:

Vegetation and top soil management

• Remove vegetative cover only from the specific site on which construction will take place.

• Plantation as proposed shall be started at the earliest. • The top soil will be stripped from constructional areas and stockpiled for later reuse in

landscaping. • Promote use of organic fertilizers.


• Construction of erosion prevention troughs, as deemed necessary. • To prevent the erosion of excavated loose soil produced as a result of excavation, site

preparation activities and excavation work would be undertaken during dry season after monsoon is over.

21.7.3 Site Preparation

The clearance of site will involve removal of some wild, rain-fed vegetation and shrubs. Substantial quantity of soil will be produced requiring stock piling and back filling to minimize disruption of soil and for conservation of top soil; the contractor shall take the top soil out separately and stockpile it and the same has been utilized for landscaping development.

Other measures, which would be followed to prevent soil erosion and contamination include:

• Maximize use of topsoil for landscaping. • Avoid excavation during monsoon season • Care should be taken to avoid soil erosion. • To prevent soil contamination by oil/grease, leak proof containers shall be used for storage

and transportation of oil/grease and wash off from the oil/grease handling area shall be drained through impervious drains and treated appropriately before disposal.

• Removal of as little vegetation as possible during the development, and re-vegetation of bare areas after the project.

• Working in a small area at a point of time (phase wise construction). 21.7.4 Construction Debris

Construction debris is bulky and heavy and re-utilization and recycling is an important strategy for management of such waste. As concrete and masonry constitute the majority of waste generated, recycling of this waste by conversion to aggregate can offer benefits of reduced landfill space and reduced extraction of raw material for new construction activity. This is particularly applicable to the proposed project site as the construction is to be completed in a phased manner. The management of major construction debris includes:

• Fuel and oil would be stored in cement lined storage yard and handled carefully to prevent soil contamination through leakage or spillage.

• All metal, paper, plastic wastes, debris and cuttings would be collected from site as soon as particular construction activity is over and will be resold to vendors for recycling or reused in construction.


• During construction of flexible pavement, bitumen wastes will be collected (if any) and disposed in environmentally sound manner. Mixed debris with high gypsum, plaster, shall not be used as fill, as they are highly susceptible to contamination, and will be given to recyclers.

• The number, frequency and area of movement of heavy machinery will also be restricted.

• Recycling of construction wastes into aggregates for use in the project site. • Spent oil from DG Sets should be stored in HDPE drums in isolated covered facility and

disposed off as per the Hazardous Wastes (Handling & Management) Rules, 2003. • Wastes from the labour camps will be collected and disposed as per the existing

practices in the site. 21.7.5 Hazardous Waste

Construction sites are sources of many toxic substances, such as paints, solvents, wood preservatives, pesticides, adhesives and sealants. Hazardous waste generated during construction phase shall be stored-in sealed containers, labelled, and disposed of as required by the Hazardous Wastes Management and Handling Act Amendment Rules (MoEF, 2003).

Some management practices to be developed are:

• Maximize use of organic fertilizer for landscaping and greenbelt development • Herbicides and Pesticides will not be over applied and not applied prior to rain • Paint brushes and equipment for water and oil based paints shall be cleaned within a

contained area and shall not be allowed to contaminate site soils, watercourses, or drainage systems.

• Preference of low VOC and water-based paints. • Provide adequate hazardous waste storage facilities, hazardous waste collection

containers are conveniently located, and designate hazardous waste storage areas away from storm drains or watercourses.

• Potentially hazardous waste shall be segregated from non-hazardous construction site debris.

• All hazardous waste shall be clearly labelled.

1. Waste from Labor Settlements and Biomass Construction activity involves some workforce to stay at site. Local labour shall be employed to the maximum possible extent so that resident labor is not required or minimum. The latter will require basic infrastructure welfare facilities like housing, sanitation and other essential


services. The proposed site shall be provided with suitable sanitation facilities like supply of potable water and sanitary latrines to allow proper standards of hygiene. Solid waste generated would mainly comprise of household domestic waste, which shall be collected and disposed off at the nearest municipal waste collection site.

2. Handling of Construction Equipment Vehicles deployed for construction work, transportation of debris and other machinery at site shall be properly handled to minimize emissions of particulates and gaseous pollutants. The vehicle’s maintenance shall be monitored regularly so as to avoid noise pollution and accidental spillage of oils and greasy matters. Loading and unloading operations and movement of trucks shall be properly regulated to minimize the impact of noise on the persons engaged in civil, mechanical and erection works.

21.7.6 Management of Environmental Parameters 21.7.6.1 Water Environment The vehicle maintenance area shall be located in such a manner so as to prevent contamination of ground water by accidental spillage of oil. Unauthorized dumping of waste oil shall be prohibited. Fire hydrant and fire extinguishers shall be provided at places vulnerable to fire and explosion. Sites of deposition of building material wastes shall be cordoned. The open drains carrying waste water shall be covered with concrete slabs to prevent the dust fall due to wind erosion and shall be collected in cemented trenches for reutilization to a greater extent.

21.7.6.2 Air Environment Erosion of soil due to winds cause dust nuisance in the area. The dust nuisance created by the excavations, leveling and transportation activities shall be properly controlled by sprinkling of water, providing dust arresting panels, regular removing of construction waste material, proper storage of building material and keeping strict vigilance on trucks not to create any air pollution. The Contractor shall provide necessary certificates to confirm that all crushers used in construction conforms relevant dust emission control legislation. The Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipments and machineries used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). Pollution under Check certificate (PUC) shall be collected at the entry gate of complex.

21.7.6.3 Land Environment The newly formed land shall be brought to normal formation merging with the surrounding environment. Proper slope and stabilization of the ground shall be maintained to drain the


surface run-off during monsoon. Necessary action shall be taken on draining system to arrest erosion of soil during severe monsoon and dry summer. Also, tree plantation work along the internal roads and boundaries of the site shall be carried out side-by-side the construction work. Plantation will improve the quality of soil and enhance the aesthetics.

21.7.6.4 Noise Environment Noise resulting from operation of construction machinery may constitute and additional environmental stress. Arrangement shall be made to provide noise pollution status of the proposed site during construction phase. In case a source is found making significantly higher noise, immediate action shall be taken to bring down its noise to a tolerable limit. Acoustic enclosers should be used for noisy operations. Workers employed in high noise areas will be rotated. Earplugs/Muffs, or other hearing protective wear will be provided to those working very close to the noise generating machinery. Proper maintenance of construction equipments shall be done at regular interval. PUC vehicles should be proposed.

21.7.6.5 Site Security A construction site is a potentially hazardous environment. To ensure that the local inhabitants are not exposed to these hazards, the site shall be secured by fencing and manned entry points.

21.8 POST CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

21.8.1 Air Quality Management

To mitigate the impact of pollutants from diesel generator sets and vehicular traffic during the operational phase of the site the following measures are recommended for implementation:

• Proper maintenance and tuning of engines. • Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones. • Dust barriers in form of Green belts to be planted. • PPE to workers working on site. • Proper stack height as prescribed by the Central/State Pollution Control Boards should

be provided for better dispersion of pollutants over a wider area to minimize the effect of pollution.

• Vehicle emission controls and alternatives. • Plantation shall be provided at roadsides and open spaces with the specific species to

attenuate dust and cyclonic winds. • The ambient air quality shall be monitored regularly to ensure that the activities at the

site are not polluting the ambient environment. • Dust suppression using water-based surfactants is more effective than suppression using

water alone.


• Washing vehicles’ wheels before they leave the premises can also help to control dust.

To mitigate the impact of pollutants from flue gas generated from several industrial sectors (i.e. Red industries, Orange industries, and Green industries) during the operational phase, the following measures are recommended for implementation:

• Adequate control equipment should be installed for minimizing the emission of pollutants from the various stacks as per industrial processes.

• In-plant control measures should be taken to contain the fugitive emissions. • Proper stack height as prescribed by the Central/State Pollution Control Boards should

be provided for better dispersion of pollutants to minimize the effect of pollution. • Treatment of flue gas by use of cyclone filters, bag house filters, scrubbers or even

electrostatic precipitator before releasing it in environment as per industrial processess. • Setting of strict exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fines/ penalty clause. • Surprise check on flue gas quality by SPCB. • Green belt plantation in and around industries. • Setting up of industrial zones away from habitation. • Rewarding good environmental performers.

21.8.2 Traffic Management Circulation system in industrial areas shall be governed by the following norms:

(i) No road in an industrial area shall be of less than 24 m ROW. (ii) No dead end road shall be permitted as far as possible. (iii)The layout shall be provided at the junction of roads in such a way that all roads meet

at right angles as far as possible. To mitigate the impact of vehicular movement in Industrial area of Greater Noida during operational phase, the following measures are recommended for implementation:

• Strengthening of public transport. • Proper parking places should be provided for the trucks and other vehicles by the

industries to avoid any congestion or blocking of roads. • Siting of industries on the highways should be avoided as it may add to more road

accidents because of substantial increase in the movements of heavy vehicles and unauthorized shops and settlements coming up around the industrial complex.

• Spillage of chemicals/substances on roads inside the plant may lead to accidents.Proper road safety signs both inside and outside the plant should be displayed for avoiding road accidents.

• Separate pathway for slow-moving traffic (bicycles, rickshaws etc.). • Dedicated pick up points at junctions.


• Impact of Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) to be studied, the periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, water quality, soil pollution/ contamination to be done, to identify impacts and suggest mitigations.

Fig 21.1: Blockage of roads due to trucks and other vehicles of industries in Greater Noida

21.8.3 Noise Management Sources of noise pollution in industries mainly are DG sets, traffic movement and industrial operations. Following activities shall be taken to control the noise pollution through DG sets: • Proper acoustic enclosure for controlling noise should be installed. • Noise barriers in the form of tree envelope and greenbelt to attenuate noise pollution

shall be planted around the site, both sides of the roads and open places. • Monitoring of noise levels shall be carried out regularly to ensure that noise level does

not exceed permissible standards. Following management measures shall be taken to control the noise pollution through Factories/ Industrial operations: • Allocation of industries away from habitation. • Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels • Using acoustic enclosures for noisy operations • Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence • Noise barriers such as shock mounted assemblies, physical barriers, green belts • Proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations


• Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc • Use of suitable noise absorbing material for wall/door/window/ceiling • Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence.

Following management measures shall be taken to control the noise pollution through traffic operations: • PUC vehicles • Noise barriers such as physical barriers, green belts • Heavy vehicles not to be allowed near habitation or allowed only for limited time hours

of day • Noisy vehicles not to be allowed near sensitive areas • Identifying critical no-horn zones • Emission standards for road and non-road vehicles • Initiation of monitoring and modeling program especially for industrial areas. • Low noise road surfaces • Guidance of traffic flow by electronic measures • Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence

21.8.4 Water Management As no water demand will be fulfilled by the authority of Greater Noida, so the source of water in industries will be from ground water. So, the approach of conserving water maybe to have zero discharge scheme or to reduce the total water requirement by treating the wastewater generated in industries. To reduce the total water requirement, dependability on ground water sources, to follow the guidelines of EIA and to protect the environment, it is proposed to adopt recycling of some of the treated effluent from Effluent Treatment Plant for the purpose of irrigation, street washing, flushing and any other low end uses.

The wastage of water shall be minimized by a combination of water saving devices and other industrial conservation measures. The industries with ETP and without ETP will be regulated by the State Pollution Control Boards.

EMP of Water Pollution from industries:

• Ban on effluent discharge in water bodies. • Setting of strict exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fine/ penalty clause. • Mandate for setting of ETP. • Recycling of water within the industry to meet water requirement for low end uses.


• Effluents from the industrial plants should be treated up to the standards as prescribed by the Central/State Water Pollution Control Boards.

• Treated effluent received from the ETP will be recycled and reused within the scheme for the purpose of recycling the water for washing, and other industrial processes.

• Soil permeability studies should be made prior to effluents being discharged into holding tanks or impoundments and steps taken to prevent percolation and ground water contamination.

• Special precautions should be taken regarding flight patterns of birds in the area. Effluents containing toxic compounds, oil and grease have been known to cause extensive death of migratory birds. Location of plants should be prohibited in such type of sensitive areas.

• Deep well burial of toxic effluents should not be resorted to as it can result in re-surfacing and ground water contamination. Re-surfacing has been known to cause extensive damage to crop and live-stocks.

EMP for Water Usage from industries:

• Treated effluent received from the ETP will be recycled and reused within the scheme for the purpose of recycling the water for DG set cooling, flushing & horticulture use of the project.

• Use of water efficient plumbing fixtures (ultra-flow toilets & urinals, low flow sinks, water efficient dish washers and washing machines).

• Leak detection and repair techniques. • Metered water consumption & Piezometer Installation • Use drip irrigation for shrubs and trees to apply water directly to the roots where it's

needed. • Grouping of plants with similar water requirement. • Use of low volume and low angle sprinklers for greens. • Provide controllers with adjustable watering schedules. • Irrigation Canal System

Rain Water Harvesting

The rainwater shall be diverted from the rooftop using rain water pipes to the surface/underground drainage network. The entire area shall be sub divided for recharging structures.


The rainwater collected from the rooftop by various industries individually will be conveyed into the rainwater harvesting system consisting of Desilting-cum-filter chamber and borewells for recharge into the groundwater and wetlands. RWH will be done only from the roof top.

21.8.5 Solid and Hazardous Wastes Management The waste generated in industries is categorized into following parts: The philosophy of solid waste management will be to encourage the five R’s of waste i.e. waste reduce, reuse, recycle, reject, and recover (materials & energy). This will result in lesser reliance on land filling. Regular public awareness meetings will be conducted to involve the residents in the proper solid waste management plan, options and techniques.

(i) Hazardous Waste Management Hazardous substances such as paints, varnishes, used oil, acids & alkalis and other substances used in industries as per Hazardous Waste Rules, 2008, which leads to degradation of environmental parameters. So mitigation measures for hazardous waste shall be: • Replacing hazardous substances with natural or eco-friendly substances • The site for waste disposal should be checked to verify permeability so that no

contaminants percolate into the ground water or river/lake. • Setting up of industrial establishments, using or generating hazardous waste should be

away from habitation • Disposal of hazardous waste should be as per Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling

and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008. • Waste disposal areas should be planned down-wind of villages and townships. • Reactive materials should be disposed of by immobilizing the reactive materials with

suitable additives.

NON-HAZARDOUS

INDUSTRIAL WASTE

HAZARDOUS MUNICIPAL SOLIDWASTE


• The pattern of filling disposal site should be planned to create better landscape and be approved by appropriate agency and the appropriately pretreated solid wastes should be disposed according to the approved plan.

• Hazardous waste (Spent Oil) will be stored at separate place. Used oil will be sold off to authorized recyclers while there will be buy-back arrangements with the supplier for DG Set batteries.

• Intensive programs of tree plantation on disposal areas should be undertaken. • Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB • Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence • Public education and general awareness • Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters

(ii) E- waste E-waste from industries shall be categorized into two parts:

• Generation of electronic waste (monitors, computer and its components, printers, cartridges, used batteries, etc) from various government, public and private industrial sectors ( i.e. 70% contribution)

• E-waste shall constitute of wastes such as: Tube lights, LED’s, bulbs, electric appliances, and several other items.

Mitigation measures for E-waste generated from industrial sectors shall be: • The concept of Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) should be followed. • The EPR is an environment protection strategy that makes the producer responsible for

the entire life cycle of the product, specially for take back, recycle and final disposal of the product

• State Pollution Control Boards were made responsible for enforcement of the guideline Government assistance for Treatment, storage and Disposal Facilities.

• Recognizing the unorganized sector in India where people living in close proximity to dumps or landfills of untreated E-waste.

• All personnel involved in handling e-waste in industries including those at the policy, management, control and operational levels, should be properly qualified and trained.

• Companies can and should adopt waste minimization techniques, which will make a significant reduction in the quantity of e-waste generated and thereby lessening the impact on the environment.

• Manufacturers of computer monitors, television sets and other electronic devices containing hazardous materials must be responsible for educating consumers and the general public regarding the potential threat to public health and the environment posed by their products.


• E-wastes should never be disposed with garbage and other household wastes. • Waste prevention is perhaps more preferred to any other waste management option

including recycling. Management of LEDs, bulb and tube light • Various types of electrical and electronic wastes will be collected separately for

transportation to the authorized recyclers approved by the State/ CPCB. • There would also be provision for storage of these wastes in the building before

transportation. • Separate bin for e-waste will be provided at the common waste disposal point. • 5 R concepts should be followed. • LEDs garbage or any other mercury-containing products would never be thrown in the

general. • For safe disposal, e-waste shall be collected separately and handover to authorized

vendors by CPCB.

(iii) Biomedical Waste Generation of biomedical waste will be from hospitals or dispensaries located in industries which include Human tissue, blood bandages, soiled cotton, dressings, Viral and bacterial infected, syringes, blood & urine bags, IV bottles and tubing, etc.

Mitigation measures for biomedical waste generated from hospitals shall be: • Disposal of biomedical waste should be as per Bio-medical Wastes (Management and

Handling) Rules, 1998 • Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB. • Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence. • Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters.

(iv) Non Hazardous Waste Management Non-hazardous waste is waste that does not meet the EPA’s definition of hazardous waste.Industrial nonhazardous waste consists primarily of manufacturing process wastes from sectors such as organic and inorganic chemicals, primary iron and steel, plastics and resin manufacturing, stone, clay, glass and concrete, pulp and paper, and food and kindred products, including wastewater and non-wastewater sludges and solids, and construction and demolition materials. Management measures for non-hazardous waste shall be:


• Source reduction is the design, manufacture, and use of products in a way that reduces the quantity and toxicity of waste produced when the products reach the end of their useful lives.

• The separation and collection of byproduct materials, their subsequent transformation or remanufacture into usable or marketable products or materials, and the purchase of products made from recyclable materials.

• Treatment can also make a waste amenable for reuse or recycling. • provide facility managers, state and tribal regulators, and the interested public with

recommendations and tools to better address the management of land-disposed, non-hazardous industrial wastes,

(v) Municipal Solid Waste Management

Generation of municipal solid waste will be from day to day operations and the labourers working in industries, which leads to degradation of environmental parameters.

The management of municipal solid waste shall comprise of following main activities:

Collection and Segregation of waste

• Proper designated waste collection agencies or centers • Waste collection and segregation into biodegradable, non-biodegradable • Proper disposal sites, away from habitation • Treatment of biodegradable waste and recycle of waste. • Recyclable waste will be sold to authorized agencies. • Adequate number of colored bins (green and Blue - separate for Bio-degradable and Non

Bio-degradable) are proposed to be provided • Provision of temporary storage of solid waste shall be done for 48 hours at site. • Allocation of landfill sites by GNIDA/SPCB • MSW Rules 2000, to be strictly enforced with penalty clause for defaulters

(vi) Transportation, Treatment & Disposal Generated Solid waste shall be segregated & collected on common solid waste collection center at site, from where it will be transported to the nearest landfill site by the hired waste management/GNIDA for their treatment and disposal.

G. Noida has incorporated the MSW management as an integral part of development of the township. GNIDA has already identified a site at village Astoli for MSW treatment and disposal. Following steps have been proposed to GNIDA for collection, treatment and disposal of MSW:


• Step 1: Segregation of MSW at source and collection • Step 2: Transportation of MSW at facility • Step 3: Segregation of MSW at facility for processing • Step 4: Shredding of the compostable waste to desired particle size • Step 5: Treatment of biodegradable waste through composting/ Biogas generation. • Step 6: Disposal of non-biodegradable waste into sanitary landfill facility.

Biogas Generation

Possibility of biogas generation from the solid waste collected from the present scheme has also been worked out according to which 10-12 kg of waste generates 1cubic meter of biogas. Since the quantity of waste generation w.r.t to biogas production is less in individual industries and having biogas/electricity generation project is not financially viable so the total waste generated will be disposed to competent authority which collects the total waste of GNIDA and can be used to generate biogas in large quantities for use in bulk.

Bio-Composting

Bio-composting is an easy and simple process for the decomposition of organic wastes which in turn can be used as manure or fertilizer. The process is also very cost effective.

21.8.6 Energy Large amount of energy consumption in this sector implies a huge pressure on natural resources used in energy generation. So, mitigative measures for the energy conservation shall be: • Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design. • Passive solar cooling, utilizing building shading through overhangs • Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning. • Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones • Promoting use of Solar panels for electricity generation. • Promoting use of Solar Water Heating. • Energy-audits • Use of energy efficient appliances. • Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation. • Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired

comfort levels. • Use of LEDs and low voltage lighting.


• Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings • Promoting awareness on energy consumption. • Training staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to such opportunities Architectural Design

• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning. • Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design. • To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP.

21.8.7 Biodiversity Setting of basic infrastructure such as roads, parking lots, parks, etc. contributes to biodiversity in industries. Shrubs, vines, and small trees can be used to help the lot conform to city ordinances which call for walls, fences, or densely planted compact hedges between the lot and adjoining residential or institutional areas. Tree and shrub buffers absorb gaseous, precipitate out dust by slowing the air speed from exhaust fans, and deflect the odor plume into the atmosphere above the buffer, all in a very cost-effective way. The primary benefit from plant buffers installed near the industries is the improved visual perception of the facility, but they also can reduce noise by up to 50%. Windbreaks/buffers may also reduce the spread of specific infectious diseases in industrial operations by blocking, intercepting or diverting wind-borne infectious organisms away from buildings. Windbreak/Buffer Design and Maintenance Plant selection will vary depending on the site. Select plants based on the following factors:

• mature height and spread of the plant • soil type • drainage and moisture conditions • wind conditions • precipitation • growth rate • whether it is a native or introduced species • location and distance from exhaust fans • farm layout (location of roads and neighbors)

To maximize particulate trapping, select plants based on the following factors:


• high leaf surface roughness (plants with leaf hairs, leaf veins, and small leaf size) • complex leaf shapes • large leaf areas • medium to rapid plant growth rates

Table 20.7: List of Plant Species to be planted in the Green Area

S.No Scientific Name Standard Name Time when flowering/Fruiting Occurs

1 Ailanthus excelsa Maharuk January- March 2 Albizialabbeck Sirish January- March 3 Alibiziaprocera SafedSirish January- March 4 Alstoniascholaris Chitwan January- April 5 Anthocephaluscadamba Kadamb August-October 6 Azadirachtaindica Neem June-July 7 Bauhinia variegate Kanchan May-June 8 Buteamonosperma Palash February-April 9 Cassia Fistula Amaltas March-June 10 Emblicaofficinalis Amla January 11 Erythurinaindica Dadap July-August 12 DelonexRagia Gulmohar February-June 13 Mangiferaindica Aam April-July 14 Nyctanthesarbortristis Harsingar Throughout the year 15 Peltophorumpetrocarpurn Copper pod/Flame

Yellow tree December-May

16 Pongamiapinnata Karanj February-May 17 Spathodeacampamulata Pugtoora (African

Tulip) January- March

18 Syzyginumcurnint Jamun June-July 19 Tamarindusindica Imli March-April 20 Terminaliaarjuna Arjun April-July 21 CeibaPetandra Samal April-July


Fig 21.2: Plantation on road side nearby industries in Greater Noida

21.8.8 Socio-economic It mainly constitutes the laborers and employees working in industries. Mitigation measures for the occupational health problems and onsite risk and hazards shall be: • Employing labour from nearby areas to minimize the chances of transmigration • Identifying potential impacts of camps and relatedconstruction activities, including the

work forcerequirements and potential impacts on services andcommunities in the project areas, impact on naturalresources such as forest produce and developingprocedure to minimize the impacts.

• Direct work force local labour recruitment policy. • Hawkers and pavement vendors to be regulated. • Social management of potential risks associated with spontaneous camp followers. • Management & Monitoring of health issues in theContractor’s camp area / work areas

which shallnecessarily include test for HIV. • Provision of free or subsidizedcooked food or raw material such as kerosene oil, or LPG

toworkers. • Community outreach & communication programme including resolution mechanism to

deal with issues andconcerns that they may arise during the constructionperiod. • Code of Conduct – Work Force behavior.


• Detailed procedures for receiving and addressingcomplaints including a complaint register.

• Educating the work force • Communicating risks to workers

21.8.9 Environmental Management Cell (EMC) In addition to preparing an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent organizational set up to ensure its effective implementation. Hence, all industries will create a team consisting of from various departments to co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of the environmental control measures. This team will undertake the following activities:

1. Operation, maintenance and monitoring of the effluent. 2. Arrange periodical monitoring of air pollution, noise pollution. 3. Maintenance of roads, gardens, roadside plantations and aesthetic development along

roadsides and parks. 4. Proper collection and disposal of solid wastes. 5. Proper utilization of the recycled water. 6. Proper functioning of water harvesting system. 7. Proper maintenance of D.G. Sets. 8. Checking of Fire-fighting arrangements and first-aid boxes. 9. Checking of security arrangements. 10. Maintenance of records of power consumption for lifts, pump house, street lighting

and for other common services. 11. Keep records of expenditure on maintenance of lifts, parks, sub-station equipments

including industrial equipments, replacement of bulbs and tubes for street lighting and common area.

12. Take immediate action in case of emergency arising due to accident, fire, gas leakage or any natural disaster.

13. Updating of Emergency Action Plan. 14. Disaster Management Plan 15. Corporate Social Responsibility Scheme

21.8.10 Awareness and Training Training and human resource development is an important link to achieve sustainable operation of the facility and environmental management. For successful functioning of the industries, relevant EMP shall be communicated to the following groups of people.


21.8.11 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plans To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, periodic environmental audits will be conducted by the Environmental Division of industries. These audits will be followed by corrective action plans (CAP) to correct various issues identified during the audits.


22. Integrated City Development

The notified area of Greater Noida is surrounded by the cities of Noida, Ghaziabad, Faridabad and Delhi. Each of these cities are being planned and developed as an urban centre. If the administrative boundaries are ignored, the entire development in the surrounding region is in the form of a large continuous stereotype urban agglomeration without any distinct identity of the city. All these cities are being planned in isolation as individual entities.

Considering the surrounding urban agglomeration, the role of the Greater Noida city has been envisaged as lung space for the region. The city is being planned and developed with a marked difference in greenery and openness to provide relief from the urban sprawl.

The concept of green and openness coupled with state of the art infrastructure facilities ensuring better quality of life than in Delhi and surrounding areas will be the key to development of the city of Greater Noida.

Greater Noida in its totality is a combination of various sectors viz., Residential, Institutional and Industrial along with inclusion of hospitality sector, such as hotels, hospitals and commercial areas.

Predominantly Commercial, Institutional, Group Housing and Recreational uses are provided along major transportation routes.

Adequate parking areas have been planned and detailed regulations framed, as per MoEF and Greater Noida byelaws formed under the U.P. Industrial Area Development Act 1976

Social infrastructure includes a hierarchy of Health facilities, educational facilities, postal and security services, the fighting services, distribution services, have been adequately planned at city level and sector level.

Public –private partnership is already being practiced in infrastructure development.

The policies should be designed keeping in mind the nature of development, in accordance with the holistic approach to the social and environmental issues.

The integrated EMP here discusses the impacts, their causes and mitigation measures, which may greatly reduce the development footprint and bring about sustainable development, if adopted and implemented with policy riders.


Table 22.1: EMP for Integrated City Development

S. No

Parameter Activity Environmental Issues

Impacts Magnitude Management Measures Responsibility

1. Land Setting of Infrastructure (Built Environment):

àFactories/Industries àHousing/ Residential àEducational Institutes àCommercial, market places, malls àPublic utility services such as parking, parks, gardens, stadiums, religious centers, libraries, hospitals post offices, community centers

Impact on existing land use

Nil - Since, the land use has already been fixed by GNIDA, considering the various parameters such as terrain, contour, and connectivity; there would be no impact on the land use.

Land allotment for various development should be as per the land use approved by GNIDA

New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure encouraged to be in conformity to NBC, ECBC & GREHA building codes.

Number and placement of Infrastructure areas to be closely monitored

Each new and existing unit shall be required to provide for parking provision, to check traffic jams, vehicular pollution, auto thefts

All developments to have minimum of said percentage of soft green, as considered by appropriate by GNIDA

GNIDA, EMC & Contractor


S. No



Quantity and characteristics of top soil excavated during construction of built environment

Temporary low Top soil shall be conserved and used later for landscape designing.

Contractor

Erosion potential and terrain

Temporary Moderate Excavation & construction activities would lead to loosening of soil, resulting in air & water erosion.

Soil excavation should be done perpendicular to the terrain, to minimize the loosening of soil

Excavated earth should be sprayed with water or covered under tarpaulin sheets to minimize air induced soil erosion.

Proper drainage should be identified to reduce the possibility of soil erosion resulting from rain or other sources of water flow.

Contractor/ laborers

Muck Disposal Temporary Moderate Muck generated during excavation and construction shall be disposed off

Contractor. GNIDA&

EMC


S. No



to authorized vendors

GNIDA should identify such vendors and safe disposal methods, site & possibilities of reutilization of muck generated

Threat to Existing Conservation sites

àMonuments àCity Forests àWater bodies

Degradation of such sites from industrial, automobile fumes

Growing pressure on natural resources on such sites due to population growth

The existing heritage sites to be protected by creating high impact zones (such as industrial areas) away from them.

Diversion of traffic route away from such sites to minimize the effect of exhaust fumes

Assisting in proper upkeep and maintenance of the sites

Encircling the water body with plantation

Educating the students, citizens, putting up sign boards, placards

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

Threat to Natural open spaces/ Agricultural fields

Reduction of such spaces to accommodate infrastructural requirement for growing

Identification of such spaces in the master plan

Contractor/ laborers, EMC


S. No



population

Heat Island effect in absence of such spaces

2 Air Setting up of Infrastructure:

àConstruction activities àSite preparation àMovt. of vehicles àCement mixing plants, crusher etc àJCB, Poclain àloading/unloading of material

Dust emissions

CO2, CO, SO2, NOx, particulate matter emissions

Air pollution,

Health of onsite workers & people coming in zone of influence

Temporary & Low

• The excavated soil shall be stored and used in landscaping

• dust emissions shall be controlled by regular sprinkling of water during earthwork and construction

• Cement bags shall be placed in covered areas. Sand and bricks shall be covered with tarpaulin to avoid dispersion of material in air

• The Contractor shall provide necessary certificates toconfirm that all crushers used in construction conforms relevant dust emission control legislation.

• The Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipments and machineries used for construction areregularly

OWNER, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.


S. No



maintained and confirm that pollutionemission levels comply with the relevant requirementsof State Pollution Control Board (SPCB).

• Pollution under Check (PUC) certificate mandatory for all vehicles

• Appropriate Ventilation in Underground works.

• Dust barriers in form of Green belts to be planted

• PPE to workers working on site D.G exhaust fumes

during both construction and operation phase

Dust emissions


Air pollution,


Temporary & Low

• Proper acoustic enclosure for controlling noise should be installed

• Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones

• Dust barriers in form of Green belts to be planted

• PPE to workers working on site

OWNER, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through


S. No



awareness programmes, consultations etc.

Flue gas from industrial sector

Dust emissions


Air pollution,


Acid Rain

Haziness proving a nuisance for lower strata air traffic

• Treatment of flue gas by use of cyclone filters, bag house filters, scrubbers or even electrostatic precipitator before releasing it in environment

• Assisting SPCB in setting of strict exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fines/ penalty clause

• Surprise check on flue gas quality by SPCB

• Green belt plantation in and around industries

• Setting up of industrial zones away from habitation

• Rewarding good environmental performers.

OWNER, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

3 Traffic Management

Vehicular movement in busy areas such as Pari

Air, Noise, soil Pollution

Deterioration of air, noise and soil quality

Deterioration of ground

Low • Strengthening of public transport

• Separate pathway for slow-moving traffic (bicycles,

OWNER, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the


S. No



Chowk Oil spills

Restlessness due to traffic jams

water quality by leaching effect

rickshaws etc.)

• Traffic congestion at Pari Chowk to be reduced by making alternate roads.

• Dedicated pick up points at junctions.

• Impact of Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) to be studied, the periodic monitoring of the ambient airquality, noise level, water quality, soil pollution/contamination to be done, to identify impacts and suggest mitigations

agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

4 Water Effluent discharge from factories/ industries

Contamination of water bodies

Biological magnification

Increased pressure on ground water due to surface water

Loss of aquatic biodiversity

Health problems to people coming in sphere of influence

Lowering of ground water table

High • Ban on untreated effluent discharge in water bodies

• Setting of strict discharge/ exhaust norms and compliance vigil with fine/ penalty clause

• Mandate for setting of STP • Recycling of water within the

industry to meet water requirement for low end uses

OWNER, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective


S. No



contamination • Regular checks on quality of discharge going to CSTP

• Decentralization of CSTP, if possible.

implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

Catchment management

• Backflow of water in Yamuna, Hindon River & Kasna drains

• Eutrophication

• Loss of human lives, cattles, infrastructure, wetlands

High • Scientific and technical management of catchment.

• Minimum disturbance to wetlands

• Diversion of waste or contaminated water in wetlands to be banned.


• Provision of potable water for city’s use

Source:

• Depletion of ground water table

• Pressure on

• Water shortage in near future

• Health problems

Moderate • Municipal supply should be as per norms

• Aquifer recharge to be augmented by RWH pits

• Proper disposal of hazardous substances to avoid leaching and

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various


S. No



1.Ground water,

2. Ganga water

irrigation water

• Pollution of ground water due to leaching

• Contamination of water bodies due to human habitation

thus contamination of ground water

• Recycling water to reduce pressure on ground water.

regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

Domestic waste water generation and disposal

• Improper disposal of waste water

• Harm to biodiversity

• Eutrophication

• Health issues

• Contamination of surface/ ground water

• Water shortage in near future

• Health problems

• Epidemics

• Loss of both aquatic and terrestrial biodiversity

Moderate • Treatment of waste water in STP before releasing it in CSTP or nearby agricultural fields

• Dual plumbing and recycling of water to meet water requirement for low end uses

• Proper disposal through channelized drainages

• Mandate for setting of STP • Regular checks on quality of

discharge going to CSTP • Decentralization of CSTP, if

possible. • Incentives to save water • Intelligent irrigation system; • Installation of automatic water



S. No



sprinklers • Using recycled water from

CSTP. Increased fresh

water demand • Depletion of

ground water due to fresh water requirement in various sectors

• Water crisis Moderate to high

• Rain water harvesting (RWH) pits, a mandatory requirement for all development units of specified size/ built up area

• At least 1 RWH pit per 100m2 • The storm water drains should be

intercepted at strategic locations and rainwater should be diverted into recharge wells

• The recharge wells should be provided with recharge bores to facilitate the recharge.

• Layers of filtering material like boulders, pebbles and coarse sand inside the recharge well ensure efficient filtration

• A comprehensive rain water recharge scheme will be developed.

• Development & maintenance of ponds/ water bodies.

Owner, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.


S. No



5 Noise & vibrations

Factories/ Industrial operations

• Noise pollution • Human health issues such as hypertension, tinnitus, high stress levels, hearing loss, sleep disturbances or even hearing loss

• Disturbance to flora and fauna by changing the delicate balance in predator or prey detection and avoidance, and interfering the use of the sounds in communication, reproduction and in navigation

• Damage to material: The buildings and materials may get damaged by exposure to infrasonic / ultrasonic waves and

Moderate • Allocation of industries away from habitation.

• Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels

• Using acoustic enclosures for noisy operations

• Job rotation and PPE to workers in zone of influence

• Noise barriers such as shock mounted assemblies, physical barriers, green belts

• Proper foundations, rubber padding etc. to reduce the noise levels caused by vibrations

• Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc

• Use of suitable noise absorbing material for wall/ door/ window/ ceiling

• Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence.



S. No



even get collapsed.

• Construction activities

• Movt. of vehicles

• Loading and unloading of materials

• Machinery operations

• Noise pollution

-------------do-----------

Low to Moderate

• Optimum selection of machinery tools or equipment reduces excess noise levels

• Using acoustic enclosures for noisy operations


• Proper lubrication and maintenance of machines, vehicles etc

• PUC vehicles • Noise barriers such as physical

barriers, green belts • Stringent noise level norms and

penalty in case of non-adherence


• Traffic Operations

• Noise pollution

-------------do-------------

Moderate • PUC vehicles • Noise barriers such as physical

barriers, green belts • Heavy vehicles not to be allowed

near habitation or allowed only with time restrictions

• Noisy vehicles not to be allowed near sensitive areas

• Identifying critical no-horn zones

Owner, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in


S. No



• Emission standards for road and non road vehicles

• Initiation of monitoring and modeling program especially for areas such as Pari Chowk and DMIC

• Low noise road surfaces • Guidance of traffic flow by

electronic measures • Stringent noise level norms and

penalty in case of non-adherence

effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

• Domestic sectors:

radio, tape recorders, television sets, mixers, washing machines, cooking operations

• Noise pollution

---------------do-----------

Low • selective and judicious operation of commodities

• using noise absorbers such as carpets

• public education and general awareness

• RWA vigil and penalties

Owner, RWA

• Blaring loudspeakers/ music during marriage, festivals, rallies

• Noise pollution

---------------do-----------

High • Ban on loudspeakers near sensitive areas

• Noise threshold limit to be strictly adhered to

• Ban on loud noise causing disturbance to neighbourhood

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for


S. No



etc. • Stringent noise level norms and penalty in case of non-adherence

• Fines/ penalties from defaulters • Green belt development to act as

noise barrier

various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

6 Energy • Consumption in industrial sector

• Large amount of energy consumption in this sector implies a huge pressure on natural resources used in energy generation

Depletion of natural resources such as coal, petrol, diesel etc.

Oil spills

High • Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.



• Replacement of diesel based gen sets with gas ones


• Use of energy efficient appliances.

• Energy-audits • Constant monitoring of energy

consumption and defining targets



S. No



for energy conservation. • Adjusting the settings and

illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired comfort levels.

• Use of LEDs and low voltage lighting.

• Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings

• Promoting awareness on energy consumption.

• Training staff on methods of energy conservation and to be vigilant to such opportunities

• Energy consumption by residential/ educational sector


--------------do------------

Low • Maximization of use of natural lighting through building design.






Owner, RWA, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes,


S. No



• Sunscreen films on windows to reduce heating inside buildings


• New construction or modernization of existing infrastructure to be in conformity to NBC, ECBC & GREHA building codes.


consultations etc.

• Energy consumption in public sector- parks, streets, metro


--------------do------------

Moderate • Energy-audits • Setting up of waste-to-energy

plant to recycle and reuse waste, reducing the stress on natural resources.

• Economically viable solar power generation



• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air conditioning

• Replacement of diesel based gen sets with biofuel ones

• Use of energy efficient appliances.



S. No



7 Hazardous Waste

• Use of hazardous substances such as paints, varnishes and other substances as per Hazardous Waste Rules, 2008

• Degradation of environmental parameters such as land, air, water, soil

Long term effects such as contamination of soil, ground water, air, land

Moderate to high

• Replacing hazardous substances with natural or eco friendly substances

• Setting up of industrial establishments, using or generating hazardous waste should be away from habitation

• Disposal of hazardous waste should be as per Hazardous Wastes (Management,Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008

• Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB


• Public education and general awareness

• Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters

Owner of waste generating unit, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

8 Biomedical Waste

• Generation of Biomedical Waste such as waste in laboratory, hospitals, dispensaries etc.


• Health issues


Moderate to high

• Disposal of biomedical waste should be as per Bio-medical Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998

• Authorized vendors to be appointed by GNIDA/SPCB


Owner of waste generating unit, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various


S. No



• Human tissue,

• blood bandages,

• soiled cotton

• dressings,

• Viral andbacterial infected

• syringes, blood & urine bags,

• IV bottles and tubing, aprons, gloves

• Aesthetic deterioration

• Strict vigilance and severe penalties to defaulters

regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

9 Municipal Solid Waste

• Generation of city waste from day to day operation


• Health issues

• Aesthetic


Moderate to high

• Proper designated waste collection agencies or centers

• Waste collection and segregation into biodegradable, non-biodegradable

• Proper disposal sites, away from habitation

• Treatment of biodegradable waste and recycle of waste.

Owner of waste generating unit, GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations&


S. No



deterioration • Allocation of landfill sites by GNIDA/SPCB

• MSW Rules 2000 & their amendments, to be strictly enforced with penalty clause for defaulters

Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

10 Biodiversity • Setting of basic infrastructure such as roads, parking lots, parks, stadiums etc

• Deforestation • Threat to biodiversity

• Soil erosion

• Habitat loss

• Loss of species

• Impact on animal/ avifaunal route

• Variation in local climate

Low • Green belt development, road side plantation, avenue plantation

• Compensatory Afforestation for trees cut as per approval from concerned authorities

• City forests (Gulistan PF Block, Rampur Jagir PF Block, Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur PF Block and Surajpur wetlands are being developed, with evergreen trees, along with Forest Dept.

• Roadside/ Avenue plantation should include both indigenous and evergreen trees as well as exotic ornamental species

• Development of River Front, Surajpur Wetlands and Kot Escape, and conservation of the



S. No



same. • plantation around water bodies

• Setting up of commercial/ residential and educational infrastructure

• Deforestation

• Habitat loss

• Soil erosion

• Habitat loss

• Loss of species

• Impact on animal/ avifaunal route


• Reduced ecosystem productivity

• Reduced ecosystem resilience

• Biological invasions and introduction of exotics

Low • Green belt development, road side plantation, avenue plantation



• Atleast 33% of total plot area to be developed as green.

• Plantation to be a mix of evergreen and ornamental plants

• Flowering and fruiting trees to attract local avifauna


• Disposal of waste in critical habitat such as RF, wetlands,

• Pollution in critical habitat

• Loss of species

• Reduction in

• Wetlands to be preserved against any pollution

• City forests (Gulistan PF Block, Rampur Jagir PF Block,

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies


S. No



PF, sanctuary groundwater recharge

• Pollution of water sources

• Reduced ecosystem productivity

Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur PF Block and Surajpur wetlands are being developed, with evergreen trees, along with Forest Dept.

• Development of River Front, Surajpur Wetlands and KotEscape, and conservation of the same.

• 20 m evergreen tree plantation around water bodies

• General education and awareness

responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

• Colonization; Heat Island Effect

• Threat to RF, wetlands, PF, sanctuary

• Disturbance to animals/ avifaunal routes

• Incidences of poaching and illegal trade


Moderate • Green belt development, road side plantation, avenue plantation

• The trees should poses extensive foliar area to provide maximum impinging surface for continued efficient adsorption and absorption of pollutants.

• The trees should be fast growing and indigenous and should maintain ecological, land and hydrological balance of the region.

• It is also recommended to plant few trees, which are sensitive to air pollution, as air pollution indicator.



S. No



• Keeping in view the climatic conditions, status of soils and vegetation types in and around the project area, the species will be selected for proposed green belt development


• City forests (Gulistan PF Block, Rampur Jagir PF Block, Murshidpur PF Block, Amarpur PF Block and Surajpur wetlands are being developed, with evergreen trees, along with Forest Dept.


• Development of River Front, Surajpur Wetlands and Kot Escape, and conservation of the same.

• Control measures for forest fire such as fire line

• 130 water bodies (ponds) to be developed


S. No



• 20 m evergreen tree plantation around water bodies

• Firewood extraction by Labourers and workers colony

• Threat to flora and fauna

• Would result in reduced ecosystem productivity

• Rampant firewood extraction or lopping could permanently damage some trees and reduce their regeneration potential

• Wood cutting during flowering and fruiting will result in reduced number of propagules for regeneration

Low • Onsite facilities to be provided for labourers

• Tree felling should be banned • Provision of free or subsidized

cooked food or cooking fuel such as kerosene oil, or LPG toworkers.

Contractor, Labours

11 Socio-economic

Urbanisation of Villages

• Pollution

• Loss of flora, fauna

• Concretization

• Loss of agricultural land

• Heat island effect

• Rise in population, attracting migrants

High • Allocation of various land use to be done only after careful research

• Loss of agricultural fields, flora and fauna should be duly compensated elsewhere

• Integration of rural and urban areas through various


S. No



development schemes • Integration of rural population

through education, awareness and various vocational courses

• Labour activity • Social Management

• Possible transmigration

• Positive impacts on socio-economic condition of the people

• Occupational health problems

• Onsite Risk and hazard

Low to moderate

• Employing labour from nearby areas to minimize transmigration

• Identifying potential impacts of camps and related construction activities, including the work force requirements and potential impacts on services and communities in the project areas, impact on naturalresources such as forest produce and developing procedure to minimise the impacts.

• Provision of free or subsidized cooked food or cooking fuel such as kerosene oil, or LPG to workers by the contractor.

• Provision of facilities like crèche, mobile toilets by the contractor

• Community outreach & communication programme including resolution mechanism to deal with issues and concerns that may arise during the construction period.

Contractor, GNIDA shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.


S. No



• Code of Conduct – Work Force behaviour.

• Detailed procedures for receiving and addressing complaints including a complaint register.

• Educating the work force • Communicating risks to workers

• Mushrooming slums

• Violence due to social disparity

• Unrest due to unequal distribution of resources

• Aesthetics deterioration

• Problems related to illegal colonization such as water, electricity constrains, sewage disposal

• Unhygienic conditions

• Temporary health disorders which may lead to serious altercations

• Injury or even death in case of violence

Low to moderate

• Secondary settlements such as slums to be eliminated by introducing EWS/ LIG housing facilities.

• Various development schemes such as free education, vocational courses to be provided

• CSR activities to be directed in such a way that needy are benefitted

• R & R issues to be tackled amicably

• Subsidies on utility items • Community outreach &

communication programme • Management & Monitoring of

health issues by setting of medical camps

• Conducting a risk and hazard camp for people living in slums



S. No



• Collection of waste in drains, pools or open puddles; even coolers

• Epidemics • Unhygienic conditions

• Temporary health disorders which may lead to serious altercations

Moderate to high

• Puddles formed to be filled immediately with construction debris

• Fumigation in parks & streets • Free check-up camps • Identification of water related

disease vectors, adequacy of local control and curative measure, etc.

• Education and awareness through radio broadcast or multimedia


• Vulnerable Sections

• Safety of vulnerable section:

• Children

• Females

• adverse living conditions

• loss of respect,

• desertion,

• psychological abuses,

• decline of dignity and honour,

• Facilitating women's access to appropriate, affordable and user-friendly health care services

• Initiating Health awareness drives dealing with the sexually transmitted infections/ diseases (STDs), HIV/AIDS and other sexual and reproductive health issues, through various media and education syllabus

• Assisting in provision of special attention to the already identified

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate & assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness


S. No



• Senior Citizen • health problems,

• physical abuse and violence,

• financialproblems

low literacy pockets (socially disadvantaged groups viz. SC, STs, OBCs, Minorities, Disabled, etc.) and education schemes such as free supply of uniforms and text books, mid-day meals, scholarships, flexible school timings, free education for deserving students and vocational courses shall be introduced

• Stressing on safety of females in various social circles such as schools, colleges, offices shall be enforced by flashing helpline nos., day light work hours, responsible pick and drop service, awareness and training

• Facilitating assistance in job/ accommodation verification by local police, NGOs to young women and girls, who migrate to the city in search of jobs and later become victims of various circumstances and social/moral danger

Working Children (Child Labour) • Assistance in Enforcing the

programmes, consultations etc.

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate


S. No



ongoing legal (The Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 1986) and other remedial cum rehabilitative measures to eliminate Child Labour

• Facilitating functional literacy/ vocational training programmes and recreational facilities after working hours for the overall development of the working children

Child Trafficking (Child Prostitution)

• Facilitating implementation of Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956 (as amended in 1986)

• Assisting NGOs in Rehabilitation for those weaned out / withdrawn from the profession not only to keep them away from profession but also to keep them tied with alternative developmental avenues

Street Children • Assisting implementation of

Juvenile Justice Act, 1986 • Assistance in restoring the children

either back to their own families or place them with Foster Families

& assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.

GNIDA, EMC shall facilitate


S. No



• Assistance in non-institutional services for those who are destitute, parentless or whose parents are suffering from infectious/ communicable diseases

Senior Citizens • Assisting vulnerable section • Assisting in Implementation of

National Policy, 1999 for Older Persons and The Maintenance and Welfare of

• Assisting in implementation of Parents and Senior Citizens Act 2007 to empower elderly persons, to provide shelter, health care and nutrition, financial security, protection of life andproperty etc. for their welfare.

• Constitution of old age homes to look after the elderlies, in case they are left abandoned.

& assist the agencies responsible for various regulations& Acts in effective implementation through awareness programmes, consultations etc.


POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

Table 22.2: Environmental Monitoring Program Particulars Sectors Parameters Standards Location Frequency

Ambient Air

Quality

Residential,

Commercial &

Institutional Sectors

PM10. PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, and Pb

24 hourly

NAAQS,

2011 CPCB

As per CPCB Norms

Environmental Sensitive Areas should be covered

24 hourly * 365

days Online

Monitoring in

consultation with

UPPCB

Industrial Sectors

PM10. PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, Ozone

(O3), Lead (Pb), Ammonia (NH3),

Benzene (C6H6), Bezo(a)pyrene (BaP),

Arsenic (As), and Nickel (Ni).

24 hourly

NAAQS,

2011 CPCB

As per CPCB Norms


24 hourly * 365 days Online

Monitoring in consultation with

UPPCB

Ambient

Noise Quality

Residential,

Commercial &

Institutional and

Industrial Sectors

Leq (Day and Night)

L10, L50, L90,

CPCB for

Ambient

noise quality

As per CPCB Norms


Pre-monsoon and Post Monsoon

Season

Ground

Water

Quality

Residential,

Commercial &

Institutional and

Industrial Sectors

Physical, Chemical and Micro-

biological parameters (32 parameters)

IS 10500

2012 As per CPCB Norms



Season

Surface

Water

Residential,

Commercial

Physical, Chemical and Micro-

biological parameters including

IS 10500 As per CPCB Norms

Environmental Sensitive Areas


Season


Quality &Institutional and

Industrial Sectors

Pesticides and radioactive elements 2012 should be covered

Soil Quality

Residential,

Commercial &

Institutional and

Industrial Sectors

Physical: Texture, Grain Size

Distribution, Gravel, Sand, Silt, Clay;

Chemical: pH, Conductivity, Ca, Mg,

NA, K, SAR, TKN, P, Organic matter,

Porosity, Permeability and CEC etc.

CPCB norms As per CPCB Norms



Season

Domestic

Waste Water

Residential,

Commercial &

Institutional Sectors

pH, Colour, Odour, Conductivity,

TDS, BOD, DO, COD, Oil & Grease.

CPCB norms As per CPCB Norms Daily as per CPCB Norms

Industrial

Waste Water

Industrial Sectors

pH, Colour, Odour, Conductivity,

TDS, BOD, DO, COD, Oil & Grease,

Heavy Metals and

CPCB norms Environmental Sensitive Areas should be covered

Daily as per CPCB Norms


22.1 Environmental Management Cell

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. This is a generalized EMS for the Greater Noida Master Plan 2021, however, every development unit (industrial, commercial, educational or residential) will establish a dedicated Environmental cell to monitor and analyse the various environmental components of the unit.

22.2 Environmental Monitoring

Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

• State of pollution within the city and in its vicinity; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect ofPollution. • Examine the efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in various units • To assess and monitor environmental impacts

The following monitoring programme has been proposed to monitor various environmental components.

A. Meteorology

Automatic weather monitoring stations would be installed within the city for proper measurement and record of meteorological parameters.

B. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

To determine the extent to which various development units contributes to pollution in the area, a AAQ monitoring along with the stack monitoring will be carried out. It is also proposed to monitor particulate emission qualitatively as per norms. The stack monitoring data will be utilized to keep a continuous check on the performance of various units.

C. Wastewater Sampling

The wastewater samples will be collected regularly both at inlet and outlet of sewage treatment plant to assess the performance and compliance as per the norms.

D. Environmental Laboratory

A full-fledged environmental laboratory shall be established in the citywith the following equipment.

1. Stack Monitoring Kit,

2. High Volume Sampler(RDS)


3. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Equipment,

4. Digital Anemometer

5. Water Testing Kit, BOD Incubator,

6. Rain Gauge

7. TDS meter (Digital)

8. Hygrometer

9. Dust Samplers,

10. Noise Level Meter,

11. pH Meter,

12. Spectrophotometer,

13. Portable Flue Gas Analyzer

14. Continuous Weather Monitoring Station to measure, Wind Direction, Wind Speed, Humidity and Temperature.


GNIDA SPCB

ENVIRONMENTAL CELL

HOD, Environment

BUILT INFRASTRUCTURE

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

DISASTER MANAGEMENT SOCIO ECONOMIC AIR/ WATER/

LAND/ NOISE BIODIVERSITY

ROADS

PARKING

ENCROACHMEN

TS

TRANSPORTATIO

N

FIRE

EARTHQUAKE

FLOOD

SLUMS/ R&R

EPIDEMICS

VULNERABLE

SECTIONS

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

WASTE DISPOSAL

(Medical, MSW, Hazardous)

RWH/ DRAINS/ STP

LABORATORY

VIGILANCE

INDUSTRIAL/ COMMERCIAL

RESIDENTIAL

EDUCATIONAL

COMMERCIAL

LANDSCAPING

RF/ PF/ WETLANDS

NATIVE/

INTRODUCED SPS.

ZOO/ KANJI HOUSE/

VETERNIARIES


22.3 Land Suitability Analysis and Protection & Conservation of Resources

To prepare the most scientific and specific land it is important that the potential index analysis is carried out to study the physical aspects of thearea and then arrive at the suitable location of the various landuses. (a) Proximity to linkage: It is observed that development pattern generally follows the transportationcorridors because of high accessibility. A simulation exercise was carriedout to identify these areas under development pressure based on theirdistance from transportation corridors. Identification of these areas andincluding them in the urbanisable area will ensure planned and controlleddevelopment as opposed to haphazard growth, which is seen in most cities. (b) Proximity to existing settlements: The areas close to the already existing settlements are also under higherdevelopment pressure. Past experiences have revealed that the pocketsclose to settlements are bound to witness unauthorized haphazarddevelopment if unattended. Greater Noida Township, flanked by flourishingtownships of NOIDA and Ghaziabad, is likely to witness growth patterninfluenced by the surrounding townships. Hence, an exercise has beencarried to identify the growth pattern influenced by location of the existingtownships abutting Greater Noida along with the settlements located withinthe notified area and provide for them in the plan. (c) Ground water availability: Ground water is an important source of water supply in most of the citiesacross the country. Unfortunately most of the ground water aquifers inthese cities are depleting at an alarming rate due to over exploitation anddecrease in recharge supporting areas. Hence, location of the urbanisablearea and strategic distribution of landuses can play a pivotal role inarresting these depleting levels. The availability of ground water and location of recharge areas have been considered while locating thelanduses. (d) Soil type and soil bearing capacity: Characteristics of soil namely, infiltration rate, fertility etc that varies with soiltypes are of utmost importance for determining the location of various landusessuch as industrial, agriculture etc Soil bearing capacity is an important factor determining the economics of construction activity. Hence, bearing capacity across the Greater Noida notified area has been studied with an aim to develop aneconomically efficient city. (e) Drainage Pattern


The rivulets, nalas, surface water bodies etc form an integral part of anylandform and help in effectively draining off the area. Retaining thesenatural features in the development plan can help to achieve a city thatsupports an intelligently planned physical infrastructure. (f) Proximity to ecologically sensitive areas: Lohia Lake and surrounding forest area which supports wetland ecology, is prone to be disturbed by development activity in its vicinity. Hence, careful assigningof landuse has to be made in this region. Similarly areas in proximity to otherforestland, river Hindon and other ecologically sensitive areas in Greater Noidaalso need to be planned carefully. (g) The composite results of the above mentioned aspects were obtained on super imposition of the suitability based on variousparameters by giving due weightages to them. Accordingly, thefollowing zones were identified – (g-1) Areas most suitable and moderately suitable for urbanization. (g-2) Areas away from main approaches and should be taken up as last priority for urbanization. (g-3) Ecologically sensitive areas not suitable for urban development. (g-4) Ground water recharge areas not suitable for urbandevelopment. On the above basis, the urbanisable area has been planned. Integration of Existing Developments with Proposed Plans The Master Plan 2021 has been conceptualized keeping in mind the existing infrastructure and linking it with planned development proposed for further development in the expansion area. Future Environmentally Sustainable Development Strategy Sustainable development is the concept on which the city of Greater Noida is planned, and the same would be applied in future developments too. Since the phasing in the Master Plan 2021 has been done keeping in mind the suitability of land use for various sectors planned in the city, no amendments in Master Plan 2021 or in the byelaws are proposed. However, to streamline the law and order pertaining to the environment of the city, certain norms are proposed in Chapter 20.

environment management plan of gnida master plan … · in the plan intending to develop greater...

Documents